WO2003066862A1 - Cloning of a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein - Google Patents

Cloning of a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003066862A1
WO2003066862A1 PCT/EP2003/001082 EP0301082W WO03066862A1 WO 2003066862 A1 WO2003066862 A1 WO 2003066862A1 EP 0301082 W EP0301082 W EP 0301082W WO 03066862 A1 WO03066862 A1 WO 03066862A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
prolylhydroxylase
protein
polypeptide
polynucleotide
activity
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2003/001082
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Timothy J. Smith
Original Assignee
Bayer Healthcare Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Bayer Healthcare Ag filed Critical Bayer Healthcare Ag
Priority to AU2003244497A priority Critical patent/AU2003244497A1/en
Publication of WO2003066862A1 publication Critical patent/WO2003066862A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/0004Oxidoreductases (1.)
    • C12N9/0071Oxidoreductases (1.) acting on paired donors with incorporation of molecular oxygen (1.14)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K49/00Preparations for testing in vivo
    • A61K49/0004Screening or testing of compounds for diagnosis of disorders, assessment of conditions, e.g. renal clearance, gastric emptying, testing for diabetes, allergy, rheuma, pancreas functions
    • A61K49/0008Screening agents using (non-human) animal models or transgenic animal models or chimeric hosts, e.g. Alzheimer disease animal model, transgenic model for heart failure
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12YENZYMES
    • C12Y114/00Oxidoreductases acting on paired donors, with incorporation or reduction of molecular oxygen (1.14)
    • C12Y114/11Oxidoreductases acting on paired donors, with incorporation or reduction of molecular oxygen (1.14) with 2-oxoglutarate as one donor, and incorporation of one atom each of oxygen into both donors (1.14.11)
    • C12Y114/11002Procollagen-proline dioxygenase (1.14.11.2), i.e. proline-hydroxylase
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the regulation of human prolylhydroxylase-li e protein.
  • Prolyl 4-hydroxylases comprise a family of enzymes that are involved in post- translational modification of a variety of proteins.
  • the prolyl 4-hydroxylation of procollagen has been analyzed in most detail. Hydroxylation of proline residues is a prerequisite for the folding of the newly synthesized procollagen polypeptide chain into its typical triple helical structure.
  • Active prolyl 4-hydroxylases have been described as tetramers of 2 alpha and 2 beta subunits.
  • the known beta subunit is identical to the enzyme protein disulfide isomerase (PDI).
  • PDI protein disulfide isomerase
  • Prolyl 4-hydroxylation of collagen is of crucial importance for any pathological process that is related to overproduction of collagen, such as fibrotic alterations of the liver, the heart, the lung, and the skin. Modulation of human prolyl 4-hydroxylases can be useful for the therapy of diseases characterized by fibrotic alterations (Franklin TJ.
  • Prolyl 4-hydroxylation of certain nuclear factors also is implicated in the regulation of oxygen dependent gene expression.
  • the regulation of tissue oxygen supply is of crucial importance for all processes in human life.
  • the level of tissue oxygenation results from the balance between oxygen supply and oxygen consumption. This balance is exactly tuned in the healthy organism but disturbed under many pathological conditions such as pulmonary and cardiovascular diseases, which are characterized by a decrease in oxygen supply, as well as cancer and inflammations, which both are characterized by an increased demand of oxygen within the diseased tissue.
  • imbalance of tissue oxygenation is followed by modulation of the transcription rate of a multitude of genes.
  • genes include those that encode for important growth factors and hormones (e.g., vascular endothelial growth factor and erythropoietin) and many metabolic enzymes.
  • the transcriptional modulation leads, for example, to a long lasting adaptation of metabolism, growth, or regression of blood vessels and increased or decreased erythropoiesis.
  • hypoxia inducible factors All oxygen regulated genes have been turned out to be target genes for a distinct family of nuclear transcription factors which were termed hypoxia inducible factors (HIFs).
  • the oxygen regulated genes carry distinct binding sites for HIFs in their regulatory elements (i.e., promoters and enhancers) (Wenger RH, Gassmann M. (1997) Biol Chem. 378(7):609-16; Semenza GL (1999) Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol. 15:551-78; Zhu H, Bunn HF (1999) Respir Physiol. 115(2): 239-47).
  • hypoxia inducible factors consist of an alpha and a beta subunit.
  • the alpha subunit which was named HIF-lbeta or ARNT, is not regulated in response to changes of tissue oxygen, the alpha subunit is unstable under normoxic or hyperoxic conditions. This is due to the rapid degradation of the constitutively translated alpha subunit via the proteasomal pathway.
  • the alpha subunit becomes ubiquitinylated via an E3 ubiquitin conjugase complex, in which the NHL tumor suppressor protein is the central adaptor protein to the alpha subunit (Ohh M, Park CW, Ivan M, Hoffman MA, Kim TY, Huang LE, Pavletich ⁇ , Chau N, Kaelin WG (2000) Nat Cell Biol. 2(7):423-7; Kondo K, Kaelin WG Jr.
  • the ubiquitin conjugase complex can only bind to the alpha subunit and initiate degradation if the alpha subunit is hydroxylated on a distinct proline residue, which is highly conserved among HIFs. Under hypoxic conditions (low tissue oxygen), this prolyl 4-hydroxylation does not take place, and HIFs therefore become stable and can activate their target genes.
  • the prolyl 4-hydroxylase(s) involved in prolyl 4- hydroxylation of HIF-alpha have not been identified (Ivan M, Kondo K, Yang H, Kim W, Naliando J, Ohh M, Salic A, Asara JM, Lane WS, Kaelin Jr WG.(2001) Science.
  • any HIF- alpha specific prolyl 4-hydroxylase is a key oxygen sensor for the regulation of oxygen sensitive genes, such as vascular endothelial growth factor, erythropoietin, and i ⁇ OS and therefore is of crucial importance for cardiovascular, neoplastic and inflammatory diseases.
  • a test compound is contacted with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
  • amino acid sequences which are at least about 49% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2; and the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • Binding between the test compound and the prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide is detected.
  • a test compound which binds to the prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide is thereby identified as a potential agent for decreasing extracellular matrix degradation.
  • the agent can work by decreasing the activity of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method of screening for agents which decrease extracellular matrix degradation.
  • a test compound is contacted with a polynucleotide encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of:
  • nucleotide sequences which are at least about 50% identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1; and the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • Binding of the test compound to the polynucleotide is detected.
  • a test compound which binds to the polynucleotide is identified as a potential agent for decreasing extracellular matrix degradation.
  • the agent can work by decreasing the amount ofthe prolylhydroxylase-like protein through interacting with the prolylhydroxylase-like protein mRNA.
  • Another embodiment of the invention is a method of screening for agents which regulate extracellular matrix degradation.
  • a test compound is contacted with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
  • amino acid sequences which are at least about 49% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2; and the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • a prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity of the polypeptide is detected.
  • a test compound which increases prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity ofthe polypeptide relative to prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity in the absence of the test compound is thereby identified as a potential agent for increasing extracellular matrix degradation.
  • a test compound which decreases prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity of the polypeptide relative to prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity in the absence ofthe test compound is thereby identified as a potential agent for decreasing extracellular matrix degradation.
  • Yet another embodiment ofthe invention is a method of screening for agents which decrease extracellular matrix degradation.
  • a test compound is contacted with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein product of a polynucleotide which comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of:
  • nucleotide sequences which are at least about 50% identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1; and the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • Binding of the test compound to the prolylhydroxylase-like protein product is detected.
  • a test compound which binds to the prolylhydroxylase-like protein product is thereby identified as a potential agent for decreasing extracellular matrix degradation.
  • Still another embodiment of the invention is a method of reducing extracellular matrix degradation.
  • a cell is contacted with a reagent which specifically binds to a polynucleotide encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide or the product encoded by the polynucleotide, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of:
  • nucleotide sequences which are at least about 50% identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1; and the nucleotide sequene shown in SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • Prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity in the cell is thereby decreased.
  • the invention thus provides a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein that can be used to identify test compounds that may act, for example, as activators or inhibitors at the enzyme's active site.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein and fragments thereof also are useful in raising specific antibodies that can block the enzyme and effectively reduce its activity.
  • Fig. 1 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 1).
  • Fig. 2 shows the amino acid sequence deduced from the DNA-sequence of Fig.1
  • Fig. 3 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 3).
  • Fig. 4 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 4).
  • Fig. 5 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Poly- peptide (SEQ ID NO: 5).
  • Fig. 6 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide. (SEQ ID NO: 6).
  • Fig. 7 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
  • Fig. 8 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
  • Fig. 9 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
  • Fig. 10 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Poly- peptide
  • Fig. 11 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
  • Fig. 12 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
  • Fig. 13 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
  • Fig. 14 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
  • Fig. 15 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Poly- peptide
  • Fig. 16 shows the SAGE expression data.
  • the invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide from the group consisting of:
  • amino acid sequences which are at least about 49% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2; and the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • a polynucleotide which represents a fragment, derivative or allelic variation of a polynucleotide sequence specified in (a) to (d) and encodes a prolylhydroxylase- like protein polypeptide.
  • a novel prolylhydroxylase-like protein particularly a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein, can be used in therapeutic methods to treat cancer, a cardiovascular disorder, COPD, asthma, a genitourinary disorder or a CNS disorder.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein comprises the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • a coding sequence for human prolylhydroxylase-like protein is shown in SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • SEQ ID NO: 3 This sequence is contained within the longer sequence ' shown in SEQ ID NO: 3. This sequence is located on chromosome 3q8.
  • Related ESTs (SEQ ID NOS: 4-15) are expressed in squamous cell carcinoma, teratocarcinoma in NT2 neuronal precursor cells, prostate, prostate carcinoma, small intestine, kidney, adrenal cortex carcinoma, .and pancreas. SAGE expression data shows expression in microvascular endothelial cells, prostate (cancerous and normal), and colon epithelium.
  • SEQ ID NO: 2 was identified with the SMART domain for Prolyl 4-hydroxylase (P4Hc) alpha subunit homologues, SM0702, with an E-value of 3e-53.
  • SEQ ID NO: 2 contains an endoplasmic reticulum targeting sequence and an ATP/GTP-binding site motif A as identified by Prosite.
  • the top BLAST hit for SEQ ID NO : 2 is a mouse growth suppressor protein, GROS 1.
  • SEQ ID NO: 2 is also described as a leprecan-a basement membrane-associated proteoglycan.
  • Both GROSl and leprecan belong to new families of 2-oxoglutarate-and iron-dependent dioxegenases ⁇ the same super-family that contains Prolyl 4-hydroxylase.
  • the DNA-repair protein AlkB, the extracellular matrix protein EGL-9, and the disease-resistance-related protein leprecan define new families of 2-oxoglutarate- and iron-dependent dioxygenases.
  • the lack of global sequence similarity among proteins containing the proly-hydroxylase domain appears to be an attribute of this family of enzymes.
  • the principal component analysis of Andrade predicts a cytoplasmic cellular localization for this target.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein of the invention is expected to be useful for the same purposes as previously identified prolylhydroxylase-like protein enzymes. Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein is believed to be useful in therapeutic methods to treat disorders such as cancer, cardiovascular disorders, COPD, asthma, genitouri- nary disorders, and CNS disorders. Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein also can be used to screen for human prolylhydroxylase-like protein activators and inhibitors.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides comprise at least 6, 10, 15, 20, 25, ⁇ 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, or 778 contiguous amino acids selected from the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a biologically active variant thereof, as defined below.
  • a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide of the invention therefore can be a portion of a prolylhydroxylase-like protein, a full-length prolylhydroxylase- like protein, or a fusion protein comprising all or a portion of a prolylhydroxylase- like protein.
  • prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variants that are biologically active, e.g., retain an enzymatic activity, also are prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides.
  • naturally or non-naturally occurring prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variants have amino acid sequences which are at least about 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 70, preferably about 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variants which are biologically active, e.g., retain an enzymatic activity also are human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides.
  • naturally or non-naturally occurring human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variants have amino acid sequences which are at least about 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 70, preferably about 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof.
  • Percent identity between a putative human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variant and an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al., Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff & Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 59:10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1, and the "BLOSUM62" scoring matrix of Henikoff & Henikoff, 1992.
  • the "FASTA” similarity search algorithm of Pearson & Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative variant.
  • the FASTA algorithm is described by
  • FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above.
  • the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from three to six, most preferably three, with other parameters set as default.
  • Variations in percent identity can be due, for example, to amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions.
  • Amino acid substitutions are defined as one for one amino acid replacements. They are conservative in nature when the substituted amino acid has similar structural and or chemical properties. Examples of conservative replacements are substitution of a leucine with an isoleucine or valine, an aspartate with a glutamate, or a threonine with a serine.
  • Amino acid insertions or deletions are changes to or within an amino acid sequence. They typically fall in the range of about 1 to 5 amino acids. Guidance in determining which amino acid residues can be substituted, inserted, or deleted without abolishing biological or immuno logical activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be found using computer programs well known in the art, such as DNASTAR software.
  • the invention additionally, encompasses prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides that are differentially modified during or after translation, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, phosphorylation, amidation, derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to an antibody molecule or other cellular ligand, etc. Any of numerous chemical modifications can be carried out by known techniques including, but not limited, to specific chemical cleavage by cyanogen bromide, trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, NaBH , acetylation, formylation, oxidation, reduction, metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin, etc.
  • Additional post-translational modifications encompassed by the invention include, for example, e.g., N-linked or O-linked carbohydrate chains, processing of N- terminal or C-terminal ends), attachment of chemical moieties to the amino acid backbone, chemical modifications of N-linked or O-linked carbohydrate chains, and addition or deletion of an N-terminal methionine residue as a result of prokaryotic host cell expression.
  • the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides may also be modified with a detectable label, such as an enzymatic, fluorescent, isotopic or affinity label to allow for detection and isolation ofthe protein.
  • the invention also provides chemically modified derivatives of prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptides that may provide additional advantages such as increased solubil- ity, stability and circulating time of the polypeptide, or decreased immunogenicity
  • the chemical moieties for derivitization can be selected from water soluble polymers such as polyethylene glycol, ethylene glycol/- propylene glycol copolymers, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, and the like.
  • the polypeptides can be modified at random or predetermined positions within the molecule and can include one, two, three, or more attached chemical moieties.
  • Fusion proteins are useful for generating antibodies against prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide amino acid sequences and for use in various assay systems. For example, fusion proteins can be used to identify proteins that interact with portions of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. Protein affinity chromatography or library-based assays for protein-protein interactions, such as the yeast two-hybrid or phage display systems, can be used for this purpose. Such methods are well known in the art and also can be used as drug screens.
  • a human prolylliydroxylase-like polypeptide fusion protein comprises two polypeptide segments fused together by means of a peptide bond.
  • the first polypeptide segment comprises at least 6, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, or 778 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 or of a biologically active variant, such as those described above.
  • the first polypeptide segment also can comprise full-length prolylhydroxylase-like protein.
  • the second polypeptide segment can be a full-length protein or a protein fragment.
  • Proteins commonly used in fusion protein construction include ⁇ -galactosidase, ⁇ - glucuronidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), autofluorescent proteins, including blue fluorescent protein (BFP), glutathione-S-transferase (GST), luciferase, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), and chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT).
  • epitope tags are used in fusion protein constructions, including histidine (His) tags, FLAG tags, influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags, Myc tags, VSV-G tags, and thioredoxin (Trx) tags.
  • fusion constructions can include maltose binding protein (MBP), S-tag, Lex a DNA binding domain (DBD) fusions, GAL4 DNA binding domain fusions, and herpes simplex virus (HSV) BP16 protein fusions.
  • MBP maltose binding protein
  • S-tag S-tag
  • GAL4 DNA binding domain fusions GAL4 DNA binding domain fusions
  • HSV herpes simplex virus
  • a fusion protein also can be engineered to contain a cleavage site located between the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide-encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be cleaved and purified away from the heterologous moiety.
  • a fusion protein can be synthesized chemically, as is known in the art.
  • a fusion protein is produced by covalently linking two polypeptide segments or by standard procedures in the art of molecular biology.
  • Recombinant DNA methods can be used to prepare fusion proteins, for example, by making a DNA construct which comprises coding sequences selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 in proper reading frame with nucleotides encoding the second polypeptide segment and expressing the DNA construct in a host cell, as is known in the art.
  • Many kits for constructing fusion proteins are available from companies such as Promega Corporation (Madison, WI), Stratagene (La Jolla, CA), CLONTECH (Mountain View, CA), Santa Cruz
  • Species homologs of human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be obtained using prolylhydroxylase-like.
  • polypeptide polynucleotides described below to make suitable probes or primers for screening cDNA expression libraries from other species, such as mice, monkeys, or yeast, identifying cDNAs which encode homologs of prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, and expressing the cDNAs as is known in the art.
  • a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be single- or double-stranded and comprises a coding sequence or the complement of a coding sequence . for a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • a coding sequence for human prolylhydroxylase- like protein is shown in SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • nucleotide sequences encoding human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides as well as homologous nucleotide sequences which are at least about 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, preferably about 75, 90, 96, 98, or 99% identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 or its complement also are prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides. Percent sequence identity between the sequences of two polynucleotides is determined using computer programs such as ALIGN which employ the FASTA algorithm, using an affine gap search with a gap open penalty of -12 and a gap extension penalty of -2.
  • cDNA Complementary DNA
  • species homologs, and variants of prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides that encode biologically active prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides also are prolylhydroxylase- like polynucleotides.
  • Polynucleotide fragments comprising at least 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20, or 25 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 1 or its complement also are prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides. These fragments can be used, for example, as hybridization probes or as antisense oligonucleotides.
  • prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides described above also are prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides.
  • homologous prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide sequences can be identified by hybridization of candidate polynucleotides to known prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides under stringent conditions, as is known in the art.
  • homologous sequences can be identified which contain at most about 25-30% basepair mismatches. More preferably, homologous nucleic acid strands contain 15-25% basepair mismatches, even more preferably 5-15% basepair mismatches.
  • Species homologs of the prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides disclosed herein also can be identified by making suitable probes or primers and screening cDNA expression libraries from other species, such as mice, monkeys, or yeast.
  • Human variants of prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides can be identified, for example, by screening human cDNA expression libraries. It is well known that the T m of a double-stranded DNA decreases by 1-1.5°C with every 1% decrease in homology (Bonner et al., J. Mol. Biol. 81, 123 (1973).
  • Variants of human prolylhydroxylase- like polynucleotides or prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides of other species can therefore be identified by hybridizing a putative homologous prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide with a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or the complement thereof to form a test hybrid.
  • the melting temperature of the test hybrid is compared with the melting temperature of a hybrid comprising polynucleotides having perfectly complementary nucleotide sequences, and the number or percent of basepair mismatches within the test hybrid is calculated.
  • Nucleotide sequences which hybridize to prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides or their complements following stringent hybridization and/or wash conditions also are prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides.
  • Stringent wash conditions are well known and understood in the art and are disclosed, for example, in Sambrook et al.,
  • MOLECULAR CLONING A LABORATORY MANUAL, 2d ed., 1989, at pages 9.50-9.51.
  • T m of a hybrid between a prolylhydroxylase- like polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 or the complement thereof and a polynucleotide sequence which is at least about 50, preferably about 75, 90, 96, or 98% identical to one of those nucleotide sequences can be calculated, for example, using the equation of Bolton and McCarthy, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 48, 1390 (1962):
  • Stringent wash conditions include, for example, 4X SSC at 65°C, or 50% formamide, 4X SSC at 42°C, or 0.5X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65°C. Highly stringent wash conditions include, for example, 0.2X SSC at 65°C.
  • a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be isolated free of other cellular components such as membrane components, proteins, and lipids.
  • Polynucleotides can be made by a cell and isolated using standard nucleic acid purification techniques, or synthesized using an amplification technique, such as the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or by using an automatic synthesizer. Methods for isolating polynucleotides are routine and are known in the art. Any such technique for obtaining a polynucleotide can be used to obtain isolated prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides.
  • restriction enzymes and probes can be used to isolate polynucleotide fragments, which comprise prolylhydroxylase-like protein nucleotide sequences.
  • Isolated polynucleotides are in preparations that are free or at least 70, 80, or 90% free of other molecules.
  • Human' prolylhydroxylase-like cDNA molecules can be made with standard molecular biology techniques, using prolylhydroxylase-like mRNA as a template.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like cDNA molecules can thereafter be replicated using molecular biology techniques known in the art and disclosed in manuals such as Sambrook et al. (1989).
  • An amplification technique such as PCR, can be used to obtain additional copies of polynucleotides of the invention, using either human genomic DNA or cDNA as a template.
  • PCR-based methods can be used to extend the nucleic acid sequences disclosed herein to detect upstream sequences such as promoters and regulatory elements.
  • restriction-site PCR uses universal primers to retrieve unknown sequence adjacent to a known locus (Sarkar, PCR Methods Applic. 2, 318-322, 1993). Genomic DNA is first amplified in the presence of a primer to a linker sequence and a primer specific to the known region. The amplified sequences are then subjected to a second round of PCR with the same linker primer and another specific primer internal to the first one. Products of each round of PCR are transcribed with an appropriate RNA polymerase and sequenced using reverse transcriptase.
  • Inverse PCR also can be used to amplify or extend sequences using divergent primers based on a known region (Triglia et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 16, 8186, 1988).
  • Primers can be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 Primer Analysis software (National Biosciences Inc., Madison, Minn.), to be 22-30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures about 68-72°C.
  • the method uses several restriction enzymes to generate a suitable fragment in the known region of a gene. The fragment is then circularized by intramolecular ligation and used as a PCR template.
  • capture PCR which involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to a known sequence in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA (Lagerstrom et al., PCR Methods Applic. 1, 111-119,
  • multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations also can be used to place an engineered double-stranded sequence into an unknown fragment ofthe DNA molecule before performing PCR.
  • Randomly-primed libraries are preferable, in that they will contain more sequences which contain the 5' regions of genes. Use of a randomly primed library may be especially preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries can be useful for extension of sequence into 5 ' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
  • capillary electrophoresis systems can be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of PCR or sequencing products.
  • capillary sequencing can employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different fluorescent dyes (one for each nucleotide) that are laser activated, and detection of the emitted wavelengths by a charge coupled device camera.
  • Output/light intensity can be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g. GENOTYPER and Sequence NAVIGATOR, Perkin Elmer), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display can be computer controlled.
  • Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for the sequencing of small pieces of DNA that might be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be obtained, for example, by purification from human cells, by expression of prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides, or by direct chemical synthesis. Protein purification
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be purified from any human cell which expresses the receptor, including host cells which have been transfected with prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides.
  • a purified prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is separated from other compounds that normally associate with the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide in. the cell, such as certain proteins, carbohydrates, or lipids, using methods well-known in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, size exclusion chromatography, ammonium sulfate fractionation, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and preparative gel electrophoresis.
  • a preparation of purified prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides is at least 80% pure; preferably, the preparations are 90%, 95%, or 99% pure. Purity of the preparations can be assessed by any means known in the art, such as SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
  • the polynucleotide can be inserted into an expression vector which contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted coding sequence.
  • Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. Such techniques are described, for example, in Sambrook et al.
  • expression vector/host systems can be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • expression vector/host systems can be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors, insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors
  • virus expression vectors e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV
  • bacterial expression vectors e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids
  • control elements or regulatory sequences are those non-translated regions of the vector — enhancers, promoters, 5' and 3' untranslated regions — which interact with host cellular proteins to carry out transcription and translation. Such elements can vary in their strength and specificity.
  • any number of suitable transcription and translation elements including constitutive and inducible promoters, can be used.
  • inducible promoters such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the BLUESCRIPT phagemid (Stratagene, LaJolla, Calif.) or pSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies) and the like can be used.
  • the baculovirus polyhedrin promoter can be used in insect cells.
  • Promoters or enhancers derived from the genomes of plant cells e.g., heat shock, RUBISCO, and storage genes
  • plant viruses e.g., viral promoters or leader sequences
  • promoters from mammalian genes or from mammalian viruses are preferable. If it is necessary to generate a cell line that contains multiple copies of a nucleotide sequence encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, vectors based on SV40 or EBV can be used with an appropriate selectable marker.
  • a number of expression vectors can be selected depending upon the use intended for the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. For example, when a large quantity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is needed for the induction of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of fusion proteins that are readily purified can be used. Such vectors include, but are not limited to, multifunctional E. coli cloning and expression vectors such as BLUESCRIPT (Stratagene).
  • a sequence encoding the prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide can be ligated into the vector in frame with sequences for the amino-terminal Met and the subsequent 7 residues of ⁇ -galactosidase so that a hybrid protein is produced.
  • pIN vectors Van Heeke & Schuster, J Biol. Chem. 264, 5503-5509, 1989
  • pGEX vectors Promega, Madison, Wis.
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione.
  • Proteins made in such systems can be designed to include heparin, thrombin, or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned polypeptide of interest can be released from the GST moiety at will.
  • yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH can be used.
  • constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH.
  • prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be driven by any of a number of promoters.
  • viral promoters such as the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV can be used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, EMBO J. 6, 307-311, 1987).
  • plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters can be used (Coruzzi et al., EMBO J. 5,- 1671-1680, 1984; Broglie et al, Science 224, 838-843, 1984; Winter et al, Results Probl. Cell Differ. 17, 85-105, 1991).
  • constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or by pathogen-mediated transfection.
  • pathogen-mediated transfection Such techniques are described in a number of generally available reviews (e.g., Hobbs or Murray, in MCGRAW HILL YEARBOOK OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, McGraw Hill, New York, N ., pp. 191-196, 1992).
  • An insect system also can be used to express a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • Autographa californica nuclear poly- hedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes in Spodoptera frugiperda cells or in Trichoplusia larvae.
  • Sequences encoding prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptides can be cloned into a non-essential region of the virus, such as the polyhedrin gene, and placed under control of the polyhedrin promoter.
  • Successful insertion of prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides will render the polyhedrin gene inactive and produce recombinant virus lacking coat protein.
  • the recombinant viruses can then be used to infect S. frugiperda cells or Trichoplusia larvae in which prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be expressed (Engelhard et al, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 91, 3224-3227, 1994).
  • a number of viral-based expression systems can be used to express prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides in mammalian host cells.
  • sequences encoding prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptides can be ligated into an adenoviras transcription/translation complex comprising the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non- essential El or E3 region of the viral genome can be used to obtain a viable virus which is capable of expressing a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide in infected host cells (Logan & Shenk, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81, 3655-3659, 1984).
  • transcription enhancers such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, can be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells.
  • RSV Rous sarcoma virus
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • 6M to 10M are constructed and delivered to cells via conventional delivery methods (e.g., liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles).
  • Specific initiation signals also can be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides.
  • Such signals include the
  • ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences In cases where sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, its initiation codon, and upstream sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous translational control signals (including the ATG initiation codon) should be provided.
  • the initiation codon should be in the correct reading frame to ensure translation of the entire insert. Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons can be of various origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression can be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers which are appropriate for the particular cell system which is used (see Scharf et al, Results Probl Cell Differ. 20, 125-162,
  • a host cell strain can be chosen for its ability to modulate the expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide in the desired fashion.
  • modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation.
  • Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" form of the polypeptide also can be used to facilitate correct insertion, folding and/or function.
  • Different host cells that have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, VA 20110-2209) and can be chosen to ensure the conect modification and processing ofthe foreign protein. Stable expression is preferred for long-term, high-yield production of recombinant proteins.
  • cell lines which stably express prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be transformed using expression vectors which can contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector.
  • cells can be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched medium before they are switched to a selective medium.
  • the purpose ofthe selectable marker is to confer resistance to selection, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells that successfully express the introduced prolylhydroxylase-like protein sequences.
  • Resistant clones of stably transformed cells can be proliferated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type. See, for example, ANIMAL CELL CULTURE, R.I. Freshney, ed., 1986.
  • herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler et al, Cell 11, 223-32, 1977) and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy et al, Cell 22, 817-23, 1980) genes that can be employed in tk ⁇ or aprf cells, respectively.
  • antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection.
  • dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • npt confers resistance to the aminoglycosides, neomycin and G-418 (Colbere-Garapin et al, J. Mol. Biol. 150, 1-14, 1981), and als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively (Murray, 1992, supra). Additional selectable genes have been described. For example, trpB allows cells to utilize indole in place of tryptophan, or hisD, which allows cells to utilize histinol in place of histidine (Hartman & Mulligan, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 85, 8047-51, 1988).
  • Visible markers such as anthocyanins, ⁇ -glucuronidase and its substrate GUS, and luciferase and its substrate luciferin, can be used to identify transformants and to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system
  • marker gene expression suggests that the prolylhydroxylase- like polynucleotide is also present, its presence and expression may need to be confirmed. For example, if a sequence encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing sequences which encode a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the prolylhydroxylase-Uke polynucleotide.
  • host cells which contain a human prolylhydroxylase-like poly- nucleotide and which express a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques that include membrane, solution, or chip-based technologies for the detection and or quantification of nucleic acid or protein.
  • the presence of a polynucleotide sequence encoding an prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be detected by DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridization or amplification using probes or fragments or fragments of polynucleotides encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • Nucleic acid amplification-based assays involve the use of oligonucleotides selected from sequences encoding an prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide to detect transformants which contain an prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide.
  • a variety of protocols for detecting and measuring the expression of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptide, are known in the art. Examples include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay using monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on a human prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide can be used, or a competitive binding assay can be employed. These and other assays are described in Hampton et al, SEROLOGICAL METHODS: A LABORATORY MANUAL, APS Press, St. Paul, Minn., 1990) and Maddox et al, J. Exp.
  • Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide.
  • sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe.
  • RNA probes are known in the art, are commercially available, and can be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of labeled nucleotides and an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6. These procedures can be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Promega, and US Biochemical). Suitable reporter molecules or labels which can be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, and fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Host cells transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide can be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of he protein from cell culture.
  • the polypeptide produced by a transformed cell can be secreted or contained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used.
  • expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of soluble prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane or which direct the membrane insertion of membrane-bound prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • purification facilitating domains include, but are not limited to, metal chelating peptides such as histidine-tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilized metals, protein A domains that allow purification on immobilized immuno globulin, and the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp., Seattle, Wash.).
  • cleavable linker sequences such as those specific for Factor Xa or enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) between the purification domain and the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide also can be used to facilitate purification.
  • One such expression vector provides for expression of- a fusion protein containing a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide and 6 histidine residues preceding a thioredoxin or an enterokinase cleavage site. The histidine residues facilitate purification by IMAC (immobilized metal ion affinity chromatography, as described in Porath et al, Prot. Exp. Purif.
  • enterokinase cleavage site provides a means for purifying the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide from the fusion protein.
  • Vectors that contain fusion proteins are disclosed in Kroll et al, DNA Cell Biol. 12, 441-453, 1993.
  • Sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the art (see Caruthers et al, Nucl. Acids Res. Symp. Ser. 215-223, 1980; Horn et al. Nucl. Acids Res. Symp. Ser. 225-232, 1980).
  • a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide itself can be produced using chemical methods to synthesize its amino acid sequence, such as by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques (Merrifield, J Am. Chem. Soc. 85, 2149-2154, 1963; Roberge et al, Science 269, 202-204, 1995).
  • Protein synthesis can be performed using manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis can be achieved, for example, using Applied Biosystems 431 A Peptide Synthesizer (Perkin Elmer). Optionally, fragments of prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptides can be separately synthesized and combined using chemical methods to produce a full-length molecule.
  • the newly synthesized peptide can be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography (e.g., Creighton, PROTEINS: STRUCTURES AND MOLECULAR PRINCIPLES, WH Freeman and Co., New York, N.Y., 1983).
  • the composition of a synthetic prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be confirmed by amino acid analysis or sequencing (e.g., the Edman degradation procedure; see Creighton, supra). Additionally, any portion of the amino acid sequence of the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined using chemical methods with sequences from other proteins to produce a variant polypeptide or a fusion protein.
  • codons preferred by a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host can be selected to increase the rate of protein expression or to produce an RNA transcript having desirable properties, such as a half-life which is longer than that of a transcript generated from the naturally occurring sequence.
  • nucleotide sequences disclosed herein can be engineered using methods generally known in the art to alter prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide-encoding sequences for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to, alterations which modify the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the polypeptide or mRNA product.
  • DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides can be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences.
  • site-directed mutagenesis can be used to insert new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, introduce mutations, and so forth.
  • Antibody as used herein includes intact immunoglobulin molecules, as well as fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab') 2 , and Fv, which are capable of binding an epitope of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • Fab fragment antigen binding protein
  • F(ab') 2 fragment antigen binding protein
  • Fv fragment antigen binding protein
  • An antibody which specifically binds to an epitope of a human prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide can be used therapeutically, as well as in immunochemical assays, such as Western blots, ELISAs, radioimmunoassays, immunohistochemical assays, immunoprecipitations, or other immunochemical assays known in the art.
  • immunochemical assays such as Western blots, ELISAs, radioimmunoassays, immunohistochemical assays, immunoprecipitations, or other immunochemical assays known in the art.
  • Various immunoassays can be used to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays are well known in the art. Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between an immunogen and an antibody that specifically binds to the immunogen.
  • an antibody that specifically binds to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide provides a detection signal at least 5-, 10-, or 20-fold higher than a detection signal provided with other proteins when used in an immunochemical assay.
  • antibodies that specifically bind to prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides do not detect other proteins in immunochemical assays and can immunoprecipitate a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide from solution.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be used to immunize a mammal, such as a mouse, rat, rabbit, guinea pig, monkey, or human, to produce polyclonal antibodies.
  • a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be conjugated to a carrier protein, such as bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin.
  • a carrier protein such as bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin.
  • various adjuvants can be used to increase the immunological response.
  • adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's adjuvant, mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), and surface active substances (e.g. lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, and dinitrophenol).
  • BCG Bacilli Calmette-Gue i ⁇
  • C ⁇ rynebacterium parvum are especially useful.
  • Monoclonal antibodies that specifically bind to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These techniques include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique (Kohler et al, Nature 256, 495-497, 1985; Kozbor et al, J. Immunol. Methods 81, 31-42, 1985; Cote et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. SO, 2026-2030, 1983; Cole et al, Mol. Cell Biol. 62, 109-120, 1984).
  • chimeric antibodies the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used (Morrison et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81, 6851-6855, 1984; Neuberger et al, Nature 312, 604-608, 1984; Takeda et al, Nature 314, 452-454, 1985).
  • Monoclonal and other antibodies also can be "humanized” to prevent a patient from mounting an immune response against the antibody when it is used therapeutically. Such antibodies may be sufficiently similar in sequence to human antibodies to be used directly in therapy or may require alteration of a few key residues.
  • rodent antibodies and human sequences can be minimized by replacing residues which differ from those in the human sequences by site directed mutagenesis of individual residues or by grating of entire complementarity determining regions.
  • humanized antibodies can be produced using recombinant methods, as described in GB2188638B.
  • Antibodies that specifically bind to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can contain antigen binding sites which are either partially or fully humanized, as disclosed in U.S. 5,565,332.
  • single chain antibodies can be adapted using methods known in the art to produce single chain antibodies that specifically bind to prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides.
  • Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition can be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobin libraries (Burton, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • Single-chain antibodies also can be constructed using a DNA amplification method, such as PCR, using hybridoma cDNA as a template (Thirion et al, 1996, Eur. J. Cancer Prev. 5, 507-11).
  • Single-chain antibodies can be mono- or bispecific, and can be bivalent or tetravalent. Construction of tetravalent, bispecific single-chain antibodies is taught, for example, in Coloma & Morrison, 1997, Nat. Biotechnol. 15, 159-63. Construction of bivalent, bispecific single-chain antibodies is taught in Mallender & Voss, 1994, J Biol. Chem. 269, 199-206.
  • a nucleotide sequence encoding a single-chain antibody can be constructed using manual or automated nucleotide synthesis, cloned into an expression construct using standard recombinant DNA methods, and introduced into a cell to express the coding sequence, as described below.
  • single-chain antibodies can be pro- prised directly using, for example, filamentous phage technology (Verhaar et al,
  • Antibodies which specifically bind to prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides also can be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature (Orlandi et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 86, 3833-3837, 1989; Winter et al, Nature 349, 293-299, 1991).
  • chimeric antibodies can be constracted as disclosed in
  • Binding proteins which are derived from immunoglobulms and which are multivalent and multispecific, such as the "diabodies" described in WO 94/13804, also can be prepared.
  • Antibodies according to the invention can be purified by methods well known in the art. For example, antibodies can be affinity purified by passage over a column to which a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is bound. The bound antibodies can then be eluted from the column using a buffer with a high salt concentration.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides are nucleotide sequences that are complementary to a specific DNA or RNA sequence. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary nucleotides combine with natural sequences produced by the cell to form complexes and block either transcription or translation. Preferably, an antisense oligonucleotide is at least 11 nucleotides in length, but can be at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 or more nucleotides long. Longer sequences also can be used. Antisense oligonucleotide molecules can be provided in a DNA construct and introduced into a cell as described above to decrease the level of prolylhydroxylase-like gene products in the cell.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, or a combination of both. Oligonucleotides can be synthesized manually or by an automated synthesizer, by covalently linking the 5' end of one nucleotide with the 3' end of another nucleotide with non-phosphodiester internucleotide linkages such alkylphosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, alkylphosphonothioates, alkylphosphonates, phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, carbamates, acetamidate, carboxymethyl esters, carbonates, and phosphate triesters. See Brown, Meth. Mol. Biol. 20, 1-8, 1994; Sonveaux, Meth. Mol Biol. 26, 1-72, 1994; Uhlmann et al, Chem. Rev. 90, 543-583, 1990.
  • Modifications of prolylhydroxylase-like gene expression can be obtained by designing antisense oligonucleotides that will form duplexes to the control, 5', or regulatory regions of the prolylhydroxylase-like gene. Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between positions -10 and +10 from the start site, are preferred. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using "triple helix" base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or chaperons.
  • An antisense oligonucleotide also can be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides which comprise, for example, 2, 3, 4, or 5 or more stretches of contiguous nucleotides which are precisely complementary to an prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide, each separated by a stretch of contiguous nucleotides which are not complementary to adjacent prolylhydroxylase-like protein nucleotides, can provide sufficient targeting specificity for prolylhydroxylase-like mRNA.
  • each stretch of complementary contiguous nucleotides is at least 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 or more nucleotides in length.
  • Non-complementary intervening sequences are preferably 1, 2, 3, or 4 nucleotides in length.
  • One skilled in the art can easily use the calculated melting point of an antisense-sense pair to determine the degree of mismatching which will be tolerated between a particular antisense oligonucleotide and a particular prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide sequence.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides can be modified without affecting their ability to hybridize to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide. These modifications can be internal or at one or both ends of the antisense molecule.
  • internucleoside phosphate linkages can be modified by adding cholesteryl or diamine moieties with varying numbers of carbon residues between the amino groups and terminal ribose.
  • Modified bases and/or sugars such as arabinose instead of ribose, or a 3', 5 '-substituted oligonucleotide in which the 3' hydroxyl group or the 5' phosphate group are substituted, also can be employed in a modified antisense oligonucleotide.
  • modified oligonucleotides can be prepared by methods well known in the art. See, e.g., Agrawal et al, Trends Biotechnol. 10, 152-158, 1992;
  • Ribozymes are RNA molecules with catalytic activity. See, e.g, Cech, Science 236, 1532-1539; 1987; Cech, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 59, 543-568; 1990, Cech, Curr. Opin.
  • Ribozymes can be used to inhibit gene function by cleaving an RNA sequence, as is known in the art (e.g., Haseloff et al, U.S. Patent 5,641,673).
  • the mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. '
  • Examples include engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules that can specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of specific nucleotide sequences.
  • the coding sequence of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be used to generate ribozymes that will specifically bind to mRNA transcribed from the prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide.
  • Methods of designing ' and constructing ribozymes which can cleave other RNA molecules in trans in a highly sequence specific manner have been developed and described in the art (see Haseloff et al. Nature 334, 585-591, 1988).
  • the cleavage activity of ribozymes can be targeted to specific RNAs by engineering a discrete "hybridization" region into the ribozyme.
  • the hybridization region contains a sequence complementary to the target RNA and thus specifically hybridizes with the target (see, for example, Gerlach et al, EP 321,201).
  • RNA target can be identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites which include the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides corresponding to the region of the target RNA containing the cleavage site can be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the target inoperable. Suitability of candidate prolylhydroxylase-like protein RNA targets also can be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays. Longer complementary sequences can be used to increase the affinity ofthe hybridization sequence for the target.
  • the hybridizing and cleavage regions ofthe ribozyme can be integrally related such that upon hybridizing to the target RNA through the complementary regions, the catalytic region of the ribozyme can cleave the target.
  • Ribozymes can be introduced into cells as part of a DNA construct. Mechanical methods, such as microinjection, liposome-mediated transfection, electroporation, or calcium phosphate precipitation, can be used to introduce a ribozyme-containing DNA construct into cells in which it is desired to decrease prolylhydroxylase-like protein expression. Alternatively, if it is desired that the cells stably retain the DNA construct, the construct can be supplied on a plasmid and maintained as a separate element or integrated into the genome of the cells, as is known in the art.
  • a ribozyme-encoding DNA construct can include transcriptional regulatory elements, such as a promoter element, an enhancer or UAS element, and a transcriptional terminator signal, for controlling transcription of ribozymes in the cells.
  • ribozymes can be engineered so that ribozyme expression will occur in response to factors that induce expression of a target gene. Ribozymes also can be engineered to provide an additional level of regulation, so that destruction of mRNA occurs only when both a ribozyme and a target gene are induced in the cells.
  • genes whose products interact with human prolylhydroxylase-like protein may represent genes that are differentially expressed in disorders including, but not limited to, cancer, cardio- vascular disorders, COPD, asthma, genitourinary disorders, and CNS disorders.
  • genes may represent genes that are differentially regulated in response to manipulations relevant to the progression or treatment of such diseases. Additionally, such genes may have a temporally modulated expression, increased or decreased at different stages of tissue or organism development. A differentially expressed gene may also have its expression modulated under control versus experimental conditions. In addition, the human prolylhydroxylase-like gene or gene product may itself be tested for differential expression.
  • the degree to which expression differs in a normal versus a diseased state need only be large enough to be visualized via standard characterization techniques such as differential display techniques.
  • standard characterization techniques such as differential display techniques.
  • Other such standard characterization techniques by which expression differences may be visualized include but are not limited to, quantitative RT (reverse transcriptase), PCR, and Northern analysis.
  • RNA samples are obtained from tissues of experimental subjects and from corresponding tissues of control subjects. Any RNA isolation technique that does not select against the isolation of mRNA may be utilized for the purification of such RNA samples. See, for example, Ausubel et al., ed., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, 1987-1993. Large numbers of tissue samples may readily be processed using techniques well known to those of skill in the art, such as, for example, the single-step RNA isolation process of Chomczynski, U.S. Patent 4,843,155.
  • Transcripts within the collected RNA samples that represent RNA produced by differentially expressed genes are identified by methods well known to those of skill in the art. They include, for example, differential screening (Tedder et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85, 208-12, 1988), subrractive hybridization (Hedrick et al, Nature 308, 149-53; Lee et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 88, 2825, 1984), and, preferably, differential display (Liang & Pardee, Science 257, 967-71, 1992; U.S. Patent 5,262,311).
  • the differential expression information may itself suggest relevant methods for the treatment of disorders involving the human prolylhydroxylase-like protein.
  • treatment may include a modulation of expression of the differentially expressed genes and/or the gene encoding the human prolylhydroxylase-like protein.
  • the differential expression information may indicate whether the expression or activity of the differentially expressed gene or gene product or the human prolylhydroxylase-like gene or gene product are up-regulated or down-regulated.
  • the invention provides assays for screening test compounds that bind to or modulate the activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide or a human prolylhydroxylase- like polynucleotide.
  • a test compound preferably binds to a human prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide or polynucleotide. More preferably, a test compound decreases or increases enzymatic activity by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% relative to the absence ofthe test compound.
  • Test compounds can be pharmacologic agents already known in the art or can be compounds previously unknown to have any pharmacological activity.
  • the compounds can be naturally occurring or designed in the laboratory. They can be isolated from microorganisms, animals, or plants, and can be produced re- combinantly, or synthesized by chemical methods known in the art. If desired, test compounds can be obtained using any of the numerous combinatorial library methods known in the art, including but not limited to, biological libraries, spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries, synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution, the "one-bead one-compound” library method, and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection.
  • the biological library approach is limited to polypeptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to polypeptide, non-peptide oligomer, or small -molecule libraries of compounds. See Lam, Anticancer Drug Des. 12, 145, 1997.
  • Test compounds can be screened for the ability to bind to prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides or polynucleotides or to affect prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity or prolylhydroxylase-like gene expression using high throughput screening.
  • high throughput screening many discrete compounds can be tested in parallel so that large numbers of test compounds can be quickly screened.
  • the most widely established techniques utilize 96-well microtiter plates. The wells of the microtiter plates typically require assay volumes that range from 50 to 500 ⁇ l.
  • many instruments, materials, pipettors, robotics, plate washers, and plate readers are commercially available to fit the 96-well format.
  • free format assays or assays that have no physical barrier between samples, can be used.
  • an assay using pigment cells (melanocytes) in a simple homogeneous assay for combinatorial peptide libraries is described by Jayawickreme et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 19, 1614-18 (1994).
  • the cells are placed under agarose in perri dishes, then beads that carry combinatorial compounds are placed on the surface of the agarose.
  • the combinatorial compounds are partially released the compounds from the beads. Active compounds can be visualized as dark pigment areas because, as the compounds diffuse locally into the gel matrix, the active compounds cause the cells to change colors.
  • Chelsky "Strategies for Screening Combinatorial Libraries: Novel and Traditional Approaches," reported at the First Annual Conference of The Society for Biomolecular Screening in Philadelphia, Pa. (Nov. 7-10, 1995).
  • Chelsky placed a simple homogenous enzyme assay for carbonic anhydrase inside an agarose gel such that the enzyme in the gel would cause a color change throughout the gel.
  • beads carrying combinatorial compounds via a photolinker were placed inside the gel and the compounds were partially released by UV-light. Compounds that inhibited the enzyme were observed as local zones of inhibition having less color change.
  • test samples are placed in a porous matrix.
  • One or more assay components are then placed within, on top of, or at the bottom of a matrix such as a gel, a plastic sheet, a filter, or other form of easily manipulated solid support.
  • a matrix such as a gel, a plastic sheet, a filter, or other form of easily manipulated solid support.
  • the test compound is preferably a small molecule that binds to and occupies, for example, the active site of the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, such that normal biological activity is prevented.
  • small molecules include, but are not limited to, small peptides or peptide-like molecules.
  • either the test compound or the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can comprise a detectable label, such as a fluorescent, radioisotopic, chemiluminescent, or enzymatic label, such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase.
  • a detectable label such as a fluorescent, radioisotopic, chemiluminescent, or enzymatic label, such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase.
  • Detection of a test compound that is bound to the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can then be accomplished, for example, by direct counting of radioemmission, by scintillation counting, or by deterrnining conversion of an appropriate substrate to a detectable product.
  • binding of a test compound to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be determined without labeling either ofthe interactants.
  • a microphysiometer can be used to detect binding of a test compound with a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • a microphysiometer e.g., CytosensorTM
  • a microphysiometer is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a test compound and a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide (McConnell et al, Science 257, 1906-1912, 1992).
  • Determining the ability of a test compound to bind to a human prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide also can be accomplished using a technology such as real-time
  • BIA Bimolecular Interaction Analysis
  • a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be used as a "bait protein" in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Patent 5,283,317; Zervos et al, Cell 72, 223-232, 1993; Madura et al, J. Biol.
  • the two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains.
  • the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs.
  • polynucleotide encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be fused to a poly- nucleotide encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g.,
  • a DNA sequence that encodes an unidentified protein can be fused to a polynucleotide that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. If the "bait” and the “prey” proteins are able to interact in vivo to form an protein-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ), which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected, and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the DNA sequence encoding the protein that interacts with the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • a reporter gene e.g., LacZ
  • either the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or the test compound can be bound to a solid support.
  • Suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass or plastic slides, tissue culture plates, microtiter wells, tubes, silicon chips, or particles such as beads (including, but not limited to, latex, polystyrene, or glass beads).
  • any method known in the art can be used to attach the polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound to a solid support, including use of covalent and non-covalent linkages, passive absorption, or pairs of binding moieties attached respectively to the polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound and the solid support.
  • Test compounds are preferably bound to the solid support in an array, so that the location of individual test compounds can be tracked. Binding of a test compound to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide (or polynucleotide) can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and microcentrifuge tubes.
  • the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is a fusion protein comprising a domain that allows the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide to be bound to a solid support.
  • glutathione-S-transferase fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and the non-adsorbed prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide; the mixture is then incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components.
  • Binding of the interactants can be determined either, directly or indirectly, as described above.
  • the complexes can be dissociated from the solid support before binding is determined.
  • a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or a test compound can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin.
  • Biotinylated prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides (or polynucleotides) or test compounds can be prepared from biotin-NHS(N- hydroxysuccmimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g.
  • antibodies which specifically bind to a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, polynucleotide, or a test compound, but which do not interfere with a desired binding site, such as the active site of the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, can be derivatized to the wells of the plate. Unbound target or protein can be trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation.
  • Methods for detecting such complexes include immunodetection of complexes . using antibodies which specifically bind to the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide or test compound, enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an activity of the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, and SDS gel electrophoresis under non-reducing conditions. Screening for test compounds which bind to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide or polynucleotide also can be carried out in an intact cell. Any cell which comprises a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide or polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system.
  • a prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above. Binding of the test compound to a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide or polynucleotide is determined as described above.
  • Test compounds can be tested for the ability to increase or decrease the enzymatic activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • Enzymatic activity can be measured, for example, as described in Kivirikko, K. I., Myllyla, T. (1982) Methods Enzymol. 82, 245-304, or Cuncliffe, C. J., Franklin, T. J., Gaskell, R. M. (1986) Biochem. J. 240, 617-619.
  • Enzyme assays can be carried out after contacting either a purified prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide, a cell membrane preparation, or an intact cell with a test compound.
  • a test compound which increases enzymatic activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% is identified as a potential therapeutic agent for increasing human prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity.
  • test compounds that increase or decrease prolylhydroxylase- like gene expression are identified.
  • a prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide is contacted with a test compound, and the expression of an RNA or polypeptide product of the prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide is determined.
  • the level of expression of appropriate mRNA or polypeptide in the presence ofthe test compound is compared to the level of expression of mRNA or polypeptide in the absence of the test compound.
  • the test compound can then be identified as a modulator of expression based on this comparison. For example, when expression of mRNA or polypeptide is greater in the presence of the test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as a stimulator or enhancer of the mRNA or polypeptide expression. Alternatively, when expression of the mRNA or polypeptide is less in the presence ofthe test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as an inhibitor of the mRNA or polypeptide expression.
  • the level of prolylhydroxylase-like mRNA or polypeptide expression in the cells can be determined by methods well known in the art for detecting mRNA or polypeptide. Either qualitative or quantitative methods can be used.
  • the presence of polypeptide products of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be determined, for example, using a variety of techniques known in the art, including immunochemical methods such as radioimmunoassay, Western blotting, and immunohistochemistry.
  • polypeptide synthesis can be determined in vivo, in a cell culture, or in an in vitro translation system by detecting incorporation of labeled amino acids into a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • Such screening can be carried out either in a cell-free assay system or in an intact cell.
  • Any cell that expresses a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system.
  • the prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above.
  • Either a primary culture or an established cell line, such as CHO or human embryonic kidney 293 cells, can be used.
  • compositions of the invention can comprise, for example, a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide, ribozymes or antisense oligonucleotides, antibodies which specifically bind to a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, or mimetics, activators, or inhibitors of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide activity.
  • compositions can.be administered alone or in combination with at least one other agent, such as stabilizing compound, which can be administered in any sterile, biocompatible pharmaceutical carrier, including, but not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, and water.
  • agent such as stabilizing compound
  • the compositions can be administered to a patient alone, or in combination with other agents, drags or hormones.
  • compositions of the invention can be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, parenteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration can be formulated using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art in dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers enable the pharmaceutical compositions to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for ingestion by the patient.
  • compositions for oral use can be obtained through combination of active compounds with solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • Suitable excipients are carbohydrate or protein fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; starch from corn, wheat, rice, potato, or other plants; cellulose, such as methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; gums including arabic and tragacanth; and proteins such as gelatin and collagen.
  • disintegrating or solubilizing agents can be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, alginic acid, or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
  • Dragee cores can be used in conjunction with suitable coatings, such as concentrated sugar solutions, which also can contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • suitable coatings such as concentrated sugar solutions, which also can contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for product identification or to characterize the quantity of active compound, i.e., dosage.
  • compositions that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a coating, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • Push-fit capsules can contain active ingredients mixed with a filler or binders, such as lactose or starches, lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds can be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid, or liquid polyethylene glycol with or without stabilizers.
  • compositions suitable for parenteral administration can be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer's solution, or physiologically buffered saline.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions can contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • suspensions of the active compounds can be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions.
  • Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes.
  • Non-lipid polycationic amino polymers also can be used for delivery.
  • the suspension also can contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • penetrants appropriate to the particular barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
  • compositions of the present invention can be manufactured in a manner that is known in the art, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilizing processes.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be provided as a salt and can be formed with many acids, including but not limited to, hydrochloric, sulfuric, acetic, lactic, tartaric, malic, succinic, etc. Salts tend to be more soluble in aqueous or other protonic solvents than are the corresponding free base forms.
  • the prefened preparation can be a lyophilized powder which can contain any or all of the following: 1-50 mM histidine, 0.1%-2% sucrose, and 2-7% mannitol, at a pH range of 4.5 to 5.5, that is combined with buffer prior to use.
  • compositions After pharmaceutical compositions have been prepared, they can be placed in an appropriate container and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition. Such labeling would include amount, frequency, and method of administration.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein can be regulated to treat cancer, cardiovascular disorders, COPD, asthma, genitourinary disorders, and CNS disorders.
  • the novel human prolyl hydroxylase of the invention is highly expressed in the following brain tissues: postcentral gyrus, spinal cord, corpus callosum, neuro- blastema SK-N-MC cells, retina, hippocampus, Alzheimer brain frontal lobe.
  • the expression in brain tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue (Alzheimer brain frontal lobe) and healthy tissue (frontal lobe) demonstrates that the novel human prolyl hydroxylase or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose nervous system diseases. Additionally the activity of the novel human prolyl hydroxylase can be modulated to treat nervous system diseases.
  • CNS disorders include disorders ofthe central nervous system as well as disorders of the peripheral nervous system.
  • CNS disorders include, but are not limited to, brain injuries, cerebrovascular diseases and their consequences, Parkinson's disease, corticobasal degeneration, motor neuron disease (including ALS), multiple sclerosis, traumatic brain injury, stroke, post-stroke, post-traumatic brain injury, and small- vessel cerebrovascular disease.
  • Dementias such as Alzheimer's disease, vascular dementia, dementia with Lewy bodies, frontotemporal dementia and Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, frontotemporal dementias (including Pick's disease), progressive nuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, Huntington's disease, thalamic degeneration, Creutzfeld- Jakob dementia, HIV dementia, schizophrenia with dementia, and Korsakoff s psychosis, also are CNS disorders.
  • CNS disorders such as. mild cognitive impairment, age-associated memory impairment, age-related cognitive decline, vascular cognitive impairment, attention deficit disorders, attention deficit hyperactivity disorders, and memory disturbances in children with learning disabilities also are considered to be CNS disorders.
  • Pain within the meaning of the invention, is also considered to be a CNS disorder.
  • CNS disorders such as multiple sclerosis, spinal cord injury, sciatica, failed back surgery syndrome, traumatic brain injury, epilepsy, Parkinson's disease, post-stroke, and vascular lesions in the brain and spinal cord (e.g., infarct, hemorrhage, vascular malformation).
  • Non-central neuropathic pain includes that associated with post mastectomy pain, phantom feeling, reflex sympathetic dystrophy (RSD), trigeminal neuralgiaradioculopathy, post-surgical pain, HIV/AIDS related pain, cancer pain, metabolic neuropathies (e.g., diabetic neuropathy, vasculitic neuropathy secondary to connective tissue disease), paraneo- plastic polyneuropathy associated, for example, with carcinoma of lung, or leukemia, or lymphoma, or carcinoma of prostate, colon or stomach, trigeminal neuralgia, cranial neuralgias, and post-herpetic neuralgia.
  • RSD reflex sympathetic dystrophy
  • Pain is also associated with peripheral nerve damage, central pain (e.g., due to cerebral ischemia) and various chronic pain (e.g., lumbago, back pain (low back pain), inflammatory and/or rheumatic pain.
  • Headache pain for example, migraine with aura, migraine without aura, and other migraine disorders
  • episodic and chronic tension-type headache tension-type like headache, cluster headache, and chronic paroxysmal hemicrania also are CNS disorders.
  • Visceral pain such as pancreatits, intestinal cystitis, dysmenorehea, irritable Bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, biliary colic, ureteral colic, myocardial infarction and pain syndromes of the pelvic cavity, e.g., vulvodynia, orchialgia, urethral syndrome and protatodynia also is a CNS disorder.
  • disorders of the nervous system are acute pain, for example postoperative pain, and pain after trauma.
  • the novel human prolyl hydroxylase is highly expressed in the following cardiovascular related tissues: aorta, heart atrium (right), kidney, and fetal kidney. Expression in the above mentioned tissues demonstrates that the novel human prolyl hydroxylase or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of cardiovascular diseases. Additionally the activity ofthe novel human prolyl hydroxylase can be modulated to treat cardiovascular diseases. Cardiovascular diseases include the following disorders of the heart and the vascular system: congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, ischemic diseases of the heart, all kinds of atrial and ventricular arrhythmias, hypertensive vascular diseases, and peripheral vascular diseases.
  • Heart failure is defined as a pathophysiologic state in which an abnormality of cardiac function is responsible for the failure of the heart to pump blood at a rate commensurate with the requirement of the metabolizing tissue. It includes all forms of pumping failure, such as high-output and low-output, acute and chronic, right- sided or left-sided, systolic or diastolic, independent ofthe underlying cause.
  • MI Myocardial infarction
  • Ischemic diseases are conditions in which the coronary flow is restricted resulting in a perfusion which inadequate to meet the myocardial requirement for oxygen.
  • This group of diseases includes stable angina, unstable angina, and asymptomatic ischemia.
  • Arrhythmias include all forms of atrial and ventricular tachyarrhythmias (atrial tachycardia, atrial flutter, atrial fibrillation, atrio-ventricular reentrant tachycardia, preexcitation syndrome, ventricular tachycardia, ventricular flutter, and ventricular fibrillation), as well as bradycardic forms of arrhythmias.
  • vascular diseases include primary as well as all kinds of secondary arterial hypertension (renal, endocrine, neuro genie, others).
  • the disclosed gene and its product may be used as drag targets for the treatment of hypertension as well as for the prevention of all complications.
  • Peripheral vascular diseases are defined as vascular diseases in which arterial and/or venous flow is reduced resulting in an imbalance between blood supply and tissue oxygen demand. It includes chronic peripheral arterial occlusive disease (PAOD), acute arterial thrombosis and embolism, inflammatory vascular disorders, Raynaud's phenomenon, and venous disorders.
  • PAOD peripheral arterial occlusive disease
  • acute arterial thrombosis and embolism inflammatory vascular disorders
  • Raynaud's phenomenon Raynaud's phenomenon
  • novel human prolyl hydroxylase is highly expressed in the following tissues of the respiratory system: fetal lung fibroblast cells, fetal lung, and lung.
  • the expression in the above mentioned tissues demonstrates that the novel human prolyl hydroxylase or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of COPD/ Asthma. Additionally the activity of the novel human prolyl hydroxylase can be modulated to treat those diseases.
  • allergens typically elicit a specific IgE response and, although in most cases the allergens themselves have little or no intrinsic toxicity, they induce pathology when the IgE response in turn elicits an IgE-dependent or T cell-dependent hypersensitivity reaction.
  • Hypersensitivity reactions can be local or systemic and typically occur within minutes after allergen exposure in individuals who have previously been sensitized to the respective allergen.
  • the hypersensitivity reaction of allergy develops when the allergen is recognized by IgE antibodies bound to specific receptors on the surface of effector cells, such as mast cells, basophils, or eosinophils, which causes the activation ofthe effector cells and the release of mediators that produce the acute signs and symptoms ofthe reactions.
  • Allergic diseases include asthma, allergic rhinitis (hay fever), atopic dermatitis, and anaphylaxis.
  • Asthma is though to arise as a result of interactions between multiple genetic and environmental factors and is characterized by three major features: 1) intermittent and reversible airway obstruction caused by bronchoconstriction, increased mucus production, and thickening ofthe walls ofthe airways that leads to a narrowing ofthe airways, 2) airway hypenesponsiveness, and 3) airway inflammation.
  • Certain cells are critical to the inflammatory reaction of asthma and they include T cells and antigen presenting cells, B cells that produce IgE, and mast cells, basophils, eosinophils, and other cells that bind IgE. These effector cells accumulate at the site of allergic reaction in the airways and release toxic products that contribute to the acute pathology and eventually to tissue destruction related to the disorder.
  • Other resident cells such as smooth muscle cells, lung epithelial cells, mucus-producing cells, and nerve cells may also be abnormal in individuals with asthma and may contribute to its pathology. While the airway obstruction of asthma, presenting clinically as an intermittent wheeze and shortness of breath, is generally the most pressing symptom of the disease requiring immediate treatment, the inflammation and tissue destruction associated with the disease can lead to irreversible changes that eventually makes asthma a chronic and disabling disorder requiring long-term management.
  • Commonly used therapeutic agents can act as symptom relievers to transiently improve pulmonary function, but do not affect the underlying inflammation.
  • Agents that can reduce the underlying inflammation such as anti- inflammatory steroids, may have major drawbacks which range from immunosuppression to bone loss.
  • many of the present therapies such as inhaled corticosteroids, are short-lasting, inconvenient to use, and must be used often on a regular, in some cases lifelong basis, making failure of patients to comply with the treatment a major problem and thereby reducing their effectiveness as a treatment. Because ofthe problems associated with conventional therapies, alternative treatment strategies have been evaluated.
  • Glycophorin A, cyclosporin and a nonapeptide fragment of IL-2 all inhibit interleukin-2 dependent T lymphocyte proliferation; however, they are known to have many other effects.
  • cyclosporin is used as a immunosuppressant after organ transplantation. While these agents may represent alternatives to steroids in the treatment of asthmatics, they inhibit interleukin-2 dependent T lymphocyte proliferation and potentially critical immune functions associated with homeostasis.
  • Other treatments that block the release or activity of mediators of bronchoconstriction, such as cromones or anti-leukotrienes have recently been introduced for the treatment of mild asthma, but they are expensive and not effective in all patients and it is unclear whether they affect the chronic changes associated with asthmatic inflammation at all. What is needed in the art is the identification of a treatment that can act on pathways critical to the development of asthma and that both blocks the episodic attacks of the disorder and which dampens the hyperactive allergic immune response without immuno- compromising the patient. .
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary (or airways) disease
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary (or airways) disease
  • Emphysema is characterized by destruction of alveolar walls leading to abnormal enlargement of the air spaces of the lung.
  • Chronic bronchitis is defined clinically as the presence of chronic productive cough for three months in each of two successive years.
  • airflow obstruction is usually progressive and is only partially reversible. By far the most important risk factor for development of COPD is cigarette smoking, although the disease does also occur in non-smokers.
  • Chronic inflammation of the airways is a key pathological feature of COPD.
  • the inflammatory cell population comprises increased numbers of macrophages, neutrophils and CD8+ lymphocytes.
  • Inhaled irritants such as cigarette smoke activate macrophages resident in the respiratory tract as well as epithelial cells leading, to release of chemokines (e.g., interleukin- 8) and other chemotactic factors which act to increase the neutrophil/monocyte trafficking from the blood into lung ' tissue and airways.
  • chemokines e.g., interleukin- 8
  • Neutrophils and monocytes recruited into the airways can release a variety of potentially damaging mediators such as proteolytic enzymes and reactive oxygen species.
  • Matrix degradation and emphysema, along with airway wall thickening, surfactant dysfunction and mucus hypersecretion are all potential sequelae of this inflammatory response that lead to impaired airflow and gas exchange.
  • the novel human prolyl hydroxylase is highly expressed in the following tissues of the genitourinary system: prostate, uterus, bladder, and prostate BPH.
  • the expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue prostate BPH and healthy tissue prostate demonstrates that the novel human prolyl hydroxylase or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of genitourinary disorders. Additionally the activity of the novel human prolyl hydroxylase can be modulated to treat genitourinary disorders.
  • Genitourological disorders comprise benign and malign disorders of the organs constituting the genitourological system of female and male, renal diseases such as acute or chronic renal failure, immunologically mediated renal diseases such as renal transplant rejection, lupus nephritis, immune complex renal diseases, glomerulo- pathies, nephritis, toxic nephropathy, obstructive uropathies such as benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), neurogenic bladder syndrome, urinary incontinence such as urge-, stress-, or overflow incontinence, pelvic pain, and erectile dysfunction.
  • renal diseases such as acute or chronic renal failure
  • immunologically mediated renal diseases such as renal transplant rejection, lupus nephritis, immune complex renal diseases, glomerulo- pathies, nephritis, toxic nephropathy, obstructive uropathies such as benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), neurogenic bladder syndrome, urinary incontinence such as urge
  • Cancer is a disease fundamentally caused by oncogenic cellular transformation. There are several hallmarks of transformed cells that distinguish them from their normal counterparts and underlie the pathophysiology of cancer. These include uncontrolled cellular proliferation, unresponsiveness to normal death-inducing signals (immortalization), increased cellular motility and invasiveness, increased ability to recruit blood supply through induction of new blood vessel formation (angiogenesis), genetic instability, and dysregulated gene expression. Various combinations of these abenant physiologies, along with the acquisition of drag-resistance frequently lead to an intractable disease state in which organ failure and patient death ultimately ensue.
  • genomics-driven molecular target identification has opened up the possibility of identifying new cancer-specific targets for therapeutic intervention that . will provide safer, more effective treatments for cancer patients.
  • newly discovered tumor-associated genes and their products can be tested for their role(s) in disease and used as tools to discover and develop innovative therapies.
  • Genes playing important roles in any of the physiological processes outlined above can be characterized as cancer targets.
  • Genes or gene fragments identified through genomics can readily be expressed in one or more heterologous expression systems to produce functional recombinant proteins. These proteins are characterized in vitro for their biochemical properties and then used as tools in high-throughput molecular screening programs to identify chemical modulators of their biochemical activities.
  • Agonists and/or antagonists of target protein activity can be identified in this manner and subsequently tested in cellular and in vivo disease models for anti-cancer activity. Optimization of lead compounds with iterative testing in biological models and detailed pharmacokinetic and toxicological analyses form the basis for drug development and subsequent testing in humans.
  • This invention further pertains to the use of novel agents identified by the screening assays described above. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to use a test compound identified as described herein in an appropriate animal model.
  • an agent identified as described herein e.g., a modulating agent, an antisense nucleic acid molecule, a specific antibody, ribozyme, or a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide binding molecule
  • an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, or side effects of treatment with such an agent.
  • an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the mechanism of action of such an agent.
  • this invention pertains to uses of novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays for treatments as described herein.
  • a reagent which affects prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity can be administered to a human cell, either in vitro or in vivo, to reduce prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity.
  • the reagent preferably binds to an expression product of a human prolylhydroxylase-like gene. If the expression product is a protein, the reagent is preferably an antibody.
  • an antibody can be added to a preparation of stem cells that have been removed from the body. The cells can then be replaced in the same or another human body, with or without clonal propagation, as is known in the art.
  • the reagent is delivered using a liposome.
  • the liposome is stable in the animal into which it has been administered for at least about 30 minutes, more preferably for at least about 1 hour, and even more preferably for at least about 24 hours.
  • a liposome comprises a lipid composition that is capable of targeting a reagent, particularly a polynucleotide, to a particular site in an animal, such as a human.
  • the lipid composition of the liposome is capable of targeting to a specific organ of an animal, such as the lung, liver, spleen, heart brain, lymph nodes, and skin.
  • a liposome useful in the present invention comprises a lipid composition that is capable of fusing with the plasma membrane of the targeted cell to . deliver its contents to the cell.
  • the transfection efficiency of a liposome is about 0.5 ⁇ g of DNA per 16 nmole of liposome delivered to about 10 6 cells, more preferably about 1.0 ⁇ g of DNA per 16 nmole of liposome delivered to about 10 6 cells, and even more preferably about 2.0 ⁇ g of DNA per 16 nmol of liposome delivered to about 10 6 cells.
  • a liposome is between about 100 and 500 nm, more preferably between about 150 and 450 nm, and even more preferably between about 200 and 400 nm in diameter.
  • Suitable liposomes for use in the present invention include those liposomes standardly used in, for example, gene delivery methods known to those of skill in the art. More prefened liposomes include liposomes having a polycationic lipid composition and/or liposomes having a cholesterol backbone conjugated to poly- ethylene glycol.
  • a liposome comprises a compound capable of targeting the liposome to a particular cell type, such as a cell-specific ligand exposed on the outer surface of the liposome.
  • a liposome with a reagent such as an antisense oligonucleotide or ribozyme can be achieved using methods that are standard in the art (see, for example, U.S. Patent 5,705,151).
  • a reagent such as an antisense oligonucleotide or ribozyme
  • from about 0.1 ⁇ g to about 10 ⁇ g of polynucleotide is combined with about 8 nmol of liposomes, more preferably from about 0.5 ⁇ g to about 5 ⁇ g of polynucleotides are combined with about 8 nmol liposomes, and even more preferably about 1.0 ⁇ g of polynucleotides is combined with about 8 nmol liposomes.
  • antibodies can. be delivered to specific tissues in vivo using receptor-mediated targeted delivery.
  • Receptor-mediated DNA delivery techniques are taught in, for example, Findeis et al. Trends in Biotechnol. 11, 202-05 (1993); Chiou et al., GENE THERAPEUTICS: METHODS AND APPLICATIONS OF DIRECT GENE TRANSFER (J.A. Wolff, ed.) (1994); Wu & Wu, J. Biol. Chem. 263, 621-24 (1988);
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient which increases or decreases enzymatic activity relative to the enzymatic activity which occurs in the absence ofthe therapeutically effective dose.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays or in animal models, usually mice, rabbits, dogs, or pigs.
  • the animal model also can be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals.
  • the dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, and it can be expressed as the ratio, LD 50 /ED 50 .
  • Pharmaceutical compositions that exhibit large therapeutic indices are prefened. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies is used in formulating a range of dosage for human use.
  • the dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, sensitivity ofthe patient, and the route of administration.
  • Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active ingredient or to maintain the desired effect.
  • Factors that can be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, general health of the subject, age, weight, and gender of the subject, diet, time and frequency of administration, drag combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy.
  • Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions can be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks depending on the half-life and clearance rate ofthe particular formulation.
  • Normal dosage amounts can vary from 0.1 to 100,000 micrograms, up to a total dose of about 1 g, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc.
  • polynucleotides encoding the antibody can be constructed and introduced into a cell either ex vivo or in vivo using well- established techniques including, but not limited to, transferrin-polycation-mediated DNA transfer, transfection with naked or encapsulated nucleic acids, liposome- mediated cellular fusion, intracellular transportation of DNA-coated latex beads, protoplast fusion, viral infection, electroporation, "gene gun,” and DEAE- or calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
  • Effective in vivo dosages of an antibody are in the range of about 5 ⁇ g to about 50 ⁇ g/kg, about 50 ⁇ g to about 5 mg/kg, about 100 ⁇ g to about 500 ⁇ g/kg of patient body weight, and about 200 to about 250 ⁇ g/kg of patient body weight.
  • effective in vivo dosages are in the range of about 100 ng to about 200 ng, 500 ng to about 50 mg, about.1 ⁇ g to about 2 mg, about 5 ⁇ g to about 500 ⁇ g, and about 20 ⁇ g to about 100 ⁇ g of DNA.
  • the reagent is preferably an antisense oligonucleotide or a ribozyme.
  • Polynucleotides that express antisense oligonucleotides or ribozymes can be introduced into cells by a variety of methods, as described above.
  • a reagent reduces expression of a human prolylhydroxylase-like gene or the activity of a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% relative to the absence of the reagent.
  • the effectiveness of the mechanism chosen to decrease the level of expression of a human prolylhydroxylase-like gene or the activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be assessed using methods well known in the art, such as hybridization of nucleotide probes to prolylhydroxylase-like protein- specific mRNA, quantitative RT-PCR, immunologic detection of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, or measurement of enzymatic activity.
  • any of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents.
  • Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy can be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical, principles.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents can act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention ofthe various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
  • any of the therapeutic methods described above can be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and most preferably, humans.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein also can be used in diagnostic assays for detecting diseases and abnormalities or susceptibility to diseases and abnormalities related to the presence of mutations in the nucleic acid sequences that encode the enzyme. For example, differences can be determined between the cDNA or genomic sequence encoding prolylhydroxylase-like protein in individuals afflicted with a disease and in normal individuals. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the afflicted individuals but not in normal individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent ofthe disease.
  • Sequence differences between a reference gene and a gene having mutations can be revealed by the direct DNA sequencing method.
  • cloned DNA segments can be employed as probes to detect specific DNA segments.
  • the sensitivity of this method is greatly enhanced when combined with PCR.
  • a sequencing primer can be used with a double-stranded PCR product or a single-stranded template molecule generated by a modified PCR.
  • the sequence determination is performed by conventional procedures using radiolabeled nucleotides or by automatic sequencing procedures using fluorescent tags.
  • DNA sequence differences can be carried out by detection of alteration in electrophoretic mobility of DNA fragments in gels with or without denaturing agents. Small sequence deletions and insertions can be visualized, for example, by high resolution gel electrophoresis. DNA fragments of different sequences can be distinguished on denaturing formamide gradient gels in which the mobilities of different DNA fragments are retarded in the gel at different positions according to their specific melting or partial melting temperatures (see, e.g., Myers et al, Science 230, 1242, 1985). Sequence changes at specific locations can also be revealed by nuclease protection assays, such as RNase and S 1 protection or the chemical cleavage method (e.g., Cotton et al, Proc. Natl.
  • the detection of a specific DNA sequence can be performed by methods such as hybridization, RNase protection, chemical cleavage, direct DNA sequencing or the use of restriction enzymes and Southern blotting of genomic DNA.
  • direct methods such as gel-electrophoresis and DNA sequencing, mutations can also be detected by in situ analysis.
  • Altered levels of prolylhydroxylase-like protein also can be detected in various tissues.
  • Assays used to detect levels of the receptor polypeptides in a body sample, such as blood or a tissue biopsy, derived from a host are well known to those of skill in the art and include radioimmunoassays, competitive binding assays, Western blot analysis, and ELISA assays.
  • the polynucleotide of SEQ ID NO: 1 is inserted into the expression vector pCEV4 and the expression vector pCEV4-prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide obtained is transfected into human embryonic kidney 293 cells. From these cells extracts are obtained and prolylhydroxylase activity is assayed by a method based on the hydroxylation-coupled decarboxylation of 2-oxo[l-14C]glutarate (Kivirikko and Myllyla, 1982).
  • the reaction is performed in a final volume of 1.0 ml, which contained 10 ⁇ l of the cell extract, 0.1 mg of (Pro-Pro-Gly)10.9H2O as substrate, 0.05 ⁇ mol of FeSO4, 0.1 ⁇ mol of 2-oxo[l-14C]glutarate (100 000 d.p.m.), 1 ⁇ mol of ascorbate, 0.3 mg of catalase (Sigma), 0.1 ⁇ mol of DTT, 2 mg of bovine serum albumin (Sigma) and 50 ⁇ mol of Tris-HCI buffer adjusted to pH 7.8 at 25°C.
  • the uncoupled reaction is performed as above, except that the amount of he Triton X-
  • the Pichia pastoris expression vector pPICZB (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) is used to produce large quantities of recombinant human prolylhydroxylase-like poly- peptides in yeast.
  • the prolylhydroxylase-like protein-encoding DNA sequence is derived from SEQ ID NO: 1. Before insertion into vector pPICZB, the DNA sequence is modified by well known methods in such a way that it contains at its 5 '-end an initiation codon and at its 3 '-end an enterokinase cleavage site, a His6 reporter tag and a termination codon.
  • the yeast is cultivated under usual conditions in 5 liter shake flasks and the recombi- nantly produced protein isolated from the culture by affinity chromatography (Ni-NTA-Resin) in the presence of 8 M urea.
  • the bound polypeptide is eluted with buffer, pH 3.5, and neutralized. Separation ofthe polypeptide from the His6 reporter tag is accomplished by site-specific proteolysis using enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) according to manufacturer's instructions. Purified human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is obtained.
  • Purified prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides comprising a glutathione-S-transferase protein and absorbed onto glutathione-derivatized wells of 96-well microtiter plates are contacted with test compounds from a small molecule library at pH 7.0 in a physiological buffer solution.
  • Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides comprise the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the test compounds comprise a fluorescent tag.
  • the samples are incubated for 5 minutes to one hour. Control samples are incubated in the absence of a test compound.
  • the buffer solution containing the test compounds is washed from the wells.
  • Binding of a test compound to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is detected by fluorescence measurements of the contents of the wells.
  • a test compound that increases the fluorescence in a well by at least 15% relative to fluorescence of a well in which a test compound is not incubated is identified as a compound which binds to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
  • test compound is administered to a culture of human cells transfected with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein expression construct and incubated at 37°C for 10 to 45 minutes.
  • a culture of the same type of cells that have not been transfected is incubated for the same time without the test compound to provide a negative control.
  • RNA is isolated from the two cultures as described in Chirgwin et al, Biochem. 18, 5294-99, 1979).
  • Northern blots are prepared using 20 to 30 ⁇ g total RNA and hybridized with a 32 P-labeled prolylhydroxylase-like protein-specific probe at 65°C in Express-hyb (CLONTECH).
  • the probe comprises at least 11 contiguous nucleotides selected from the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • a test compound that decreases the prolylhydroxylase-like protein-specific signal relative to the signal obtained in the absence of the test compound is identified as an inhibitor of prolylhydroxylase-like gene expression.
  • a test compound is administered to a culture of human cells transfected with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein expression construct and incubated at 37°C for 10 to 45 minutes.
  • a culture of the same type of cells that have not been transfected is incubated for the same time without the test compound to provide a negative control.
  • Enzymatic activity is measured using the method of Kivirikko, K. I., Myllyla, T.
  • a test compound which decreases the enzymatic activity of the prolylhydroxylase- like protein relative to the enzymatic activity in the absence of the test compound is identified as an inhibitor of prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity.
  • RT-PCR Reverse Transcription-Polymerase Chain Reaction
  • prolylhydroxylase-like protein is involved in cancer
  • expression is determined in the following tissues: adrenal gland, bone mareow, brain, cerebellum, colon, fetal brain, fetal liver, heart, kidney, liver, lung, mammary gland, pancreas, placenta, prostate, salivary gland, skeletal muscle, small intestine, spinal cord, spleen, stomach, testis, thymus, thyroid, trachea, uterus, and peripheral blood lymphocytes.
  • Expression in the following cancer cell lines also is determined: DU- 145 (prostate), NCI-H125 (lung), HT-29 (colon), COLO-205 (colon), A-549 (lung), NCI-H460 (lung), HT-116 (colon), DLD-1 (colon), MDA-MD-231 (breast), LS174T (colon), ZF-75 (breast), MDA-MN-435 (breast), HT-1080, MCF-7 (breast), and U87. Matched pairs of malignant and normal tissue from the same patient also are tested.
  • the initial expression panel consists of RNA samples from respiratory tissues and inflammatory cells relevant to COPD: lung (adult and fetal), trachea, freshly isolated alveolar type II cells, cultured human bronchial epithelial cells, cultured small airway epithelial cells, cultured bronchial sooth muscle cells, cultured H441 cells (Clara-like), freshly isolated neutrophils and monocytes, and cultured monocytes (macrophage-like).
  • Body map profiling also is carried out, using total RNA panels purchased from Clontech.
  • the tissues are adrenal gland, bone marrow, brain, colon, heart, kidney, liver, lung, mammary gland, pancreas, prostate, salivary gland, skeletal muscle, small intestine, spleen, stomach, testis, thymus, trachea, thyroid, and uterus.
  • prolylhydroxylase-like protein is involved in the disease process of asthma
  • the following whole body panel is screened to show predominant or relatively high expression in lung or immune tissues: brain, heart, kidney, liver, lung, trachea, bone manow, colon, small intestine, spleen, stomach, thymus, mammary gland, skeletal muscle, prostate, testis, uterus, cerebellum, fetal brain, fetal liver, spinal cord, placenta, adrenal gland, pancreas, salivary gland, thyroid, peripheral blood leukocytes, lymph node, and tonsil.
  • lung and immune system cells are screened to localize expression to particular cell subsets: lung microvascular endothelial cells, bronchial/tracheal epithelial cells, bronchial/tracheal smooth muscle cells, lung fibroblasts, T cells (T helper 1 subset, T helper 2 subset, NKT cell subset, and cytotoxic T lymphocytes), B cells, mononuclear cells (monocytes and macrophages), mast cells, eosinophils, neutrophils, and dendritic cells.
  • T cells T helper 1 subset, T helper 2 subset, NKT cell subset, and cytotoxic T lymphocytes
  • B cells mononuclear cells (monocytes and macrophages)
  • mast cells eosinophils, neutrophils, and dendritic cells.
  • prolylhydroxylase-like protein is involved in CNS disorders
  • tissues are screened: fetal and adult brain, muscle, heart, lung, kidney, liver, thymus, testis, colon, placenta, trachea, pancreas, kidney, gastric mucosa, colon, liver, cerebellum, skin, cortex (Alzheimer's and normal), hypothalamus, cortex, amygdala, cerebellum, hippocampus, choroid, plexus, thalamus, and spinal cord.
  • Quantitative expression profiling is performed by the form of quantitative PCR analysis called "kinetic analysis” firstly described in Higuchi et al, BioTechnology 10, 413-17, 1992, and Higuchi et al, BioTechnology 11, 1026-30, 1993.
  • the principle is that at any given cycle within the exponential phase of PCR, the amount of product is proportional to the initial number of template copies.
  • the probe is cleaved by the 5 '-3' endonuclease activity of Taq DNA polymerase and a fluorescent dye released in the medium (Holland et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • the amplification of an endogenous control can be performed to standardize the amount of sample RNA added to a reaction.
  • the control of choice is the 18S ribosomal RNA. Because reporter dyes with differing emission spectra are available, the target and the endogenous control can be independently quantified in the same tube if probes labeled with different dyes are used. All "real time PCR" measurements of fluorescence are made in the ABI Prism 7700.
  • RNA extraction and cDNA preparation Total RNA from the tissues listed above are used for expression quantification. RNAs labeled "from autopsy” were extracted from autoptic tissues with the TRIzol reagent (Life Technologies, MD) according to the manufacturer's protocol.
  • RNA Fifty ⁇ g of each RNA were treated with DNase I for 1 hour at 37°C in the following reaction mix: 0.2 U/ ⁇ l RNase-free. DNase I (Roche Diagnostics, Germany); 0.4 U/ ⁇ l
  • RNase inhibitor PE Applied Biosystems, CA
  • RNA is extracted once with 1 volume of phenohchloroform:- isoamyl alcohol (24:24:1) and once with chloroform, and precipitated with 1/10 volume of 3 M sodium acetate, pH5.2, and 2 volumes of ethanol.
  • RNA from the autoptic tissues Fifty ⁇ g of each RNA from the autoptic tissues are DNase treated with the DNA-free kit purchased from Ambion (Ambion, TX). After resuspension and spectro- photometric quantification, each sample is reverse transcribed with the TaqMan
  • RNA in the reaction mix is 200 ng/ ⁇ L. Reverse transcription is carried out with 2.5 ⁇ M of random hexamer primers.
  • TaqMan quantitative analysis Specific primers and probe are designed according to the recommendations of PE Applied Biosystems; the probe can be labeled at the 5' end FAM (6-carboxy-fluorescein) and at the 3' end with TAMRA (6-carboxy- tetramethyl-rhodamine). Quantification experiments are performed on 10 ng of reverse transcribed RNA from each sample. Each determination is done in triplicate. Total cDNA content is normalized with the simultaneous quantification (multiplex PCR) of the 18S ribosomal RNA using the Pre-Developed TaqMan Assay Reagents (PDAR) Control Kit (PE Applied Biosystems, CA).
  • PDAR Pre-Developed TaqMan Assay Reagents
  • the assay reaction mix is as follows: IX final TaqMan Universal PCR Master Mix
  • the experiment is performed on an ABI Prism 7700 Sequence Detector (PE Applied Biosystems, CA).
  • fluorescence data acquired during PCR are processed as described in the ABI Prism 7700 user's manual in order to achieve better background subtraction as well as signal linearity with the starting target quantity.
  • the cell line used for testing is the human colon cancer cell line HCT116.
  • Cells are cultured in RPMI-1640 with 10-15% fetal calf serum at a concentration of 10,000 cells per milliliter in a volume of 0.5 ml and kept at 37°C in a 95% air/5%CO 2 atmosphere.
  • Phosphorothioate oligoribonucleotides are synthesized on an Applied Biosystems Model 380B DNA synthesizer using phosphoroamidite chemistry. A sequence of 24 bases complementary to the nucleotides at position 1 to 24 of SEQ ID NO: 1 is used as the test oligonucleotide. As a control, another (random) sequence is used: 5'-TCA ACT GAC TAG ATG TAC ATG GAC-3'. Following assembly and deprotection, oligonucleotides are ethanol-precipitated twice, dried, and suspended in phosphate buffered saline at the desired concentration.
  • oligonucleotides Purity of the oligonucleotides is tested by capillary gel electrophoresis and ion exchange HPLC. The purified oligonucleotides are added to the culture medium at a concentration of 10 ⁇ M once per day for seven days.
  • test oligonucleotide for seven days results in significantly reduced expression of human prolylhydroxylase-like protein as determined by Western blotting. This effect is not observed with the control oligonucleotide.
  • the number of cells in the cultures is counted using an automatic cell counter. The number of cells in cultures treated with the test oligonucleotide (expressed as 100%) is compared with the number of cells in cultures treated with the control oligonucleotide. The number of cells in cultures treated with the test oligonucleotide is not more than 30% of control, indicating that the inhibition of human prolylhydroxylase-like protein has an anti-proliferative effect on cancer cells.
  • This non-tumor assay measures the ability of a compound to reduce either the endogenous level of a circulating hormone or the level of hormone produced in response to a biologic stimulus.
  • Rodents are administered test compound (p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c).
  • test compound p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c
  • Plasma is assayed for levels ofthe hormone of interest. If the normal circulating levels of the hormone are too low and/or variable to provide consistent results, the level ofthe hormone may be elevated by a pre-treatment with a biologic stimulus (i.e., LHRH may be injected i.m.
  • a biologic stimulus i.e., LHRH may be injected i.m.
  • Hollow fibers are prepared with desired cell line(s) and implanted intraperitoneally and/or subcutaneously in rodents. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. Fibers are harvested in accordance with specific readout assay protocol, these may include assays for gene expression (bDNA, PCR, or Taqman), or a specific biochemical activity (i.e., cAMP levels. Results are analyzed by Student's t-test or
  • Rodents are administered test compound (p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., ' or s.c.) according to a predetermined schedule and for a predetermined duration (i.e.,
  • mice are weighed, the target organ is excised, any fluid is expressed, and the weight of the organ is recorded. Blood plasma may also be collected. Plasma may be assayed for levels of a hormone of interest or for levels of test agent. Organ weights may be directly compared or they ' may be normalized for the body weight of the animal. Compound effects are compared to a vehicle-treated control group. An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test. Significance is p value ⁇ 0.05 compared to the vehicle control group.
  • Hollow fibers are prepared with desired cell line(s) and implanted infraperitoneally and/or subcutaneously in rodents. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. Fibers are harvested in accordance with specific readout assay protocol.
  • Cell proliferation is determined by measuring a marker of cell number (i.e., MTT or LDH). The cell number and change in cell number from the starting inoculum are analyzed by Student's t-test or Rank Sum test after the variance between groups is compared by an F-test, with significance at p ⁇ 0.05 as compared to the vehicle control group.
  • Hydron pellets with or without growth factors or cells are implanted into a micropocket surgically created in the rodent cornea.
  • Compound administration may be systemic or local (compound mixed with growth factors in the hydron pellet).
  • Corneas are harvested at 7 days post implantation immediately following intracardiac infusion of colloidal carbon and are fixed in 10% formalin. Readout is qualitative scoring and/or image analysis. Qualitative scores are compared by Rank Sum test. Image analysis data is evaluated by measuring the area of neovascularization (in pixels) and group averages are compared by Student's t-test (2 tail). Significance is p ⁇ 0.05 as compared to the growth factor or cells only group.
  • Matrigel containing cells or growth factors, is injected subcutaneously. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. Matrigel plugs are harvested at predetermined time point(s) and prepared for readout. Readout is an ELISA-based assay for hemoglobin concentration and/or histological examination (i.e. vessel count, special staining for endothelial surface markers: CD31, factor-8). Readouts are analyzed by Student's t-test, after the variance between groups is compared by an F-test, with significance determined at p ⁇ 0.05 as compared to the vehicle control group.
  • Tumor cells or fragments are implanted subcutaneously on Day 0.
  • Vehicle and/or compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule starting at a time, usually on Day 1, prior to the ability to measure the tumor burden.
  • Body weights and tumor measurements are recorded 2-3 times weekly.
  • Anti- tumor efficacy may be initially determined by comparing the size of treated (T) and control (C) tumors on a given day by a Student's t-test, after the variance between groups is compared by an F-test, with significance determined at p ⁇ 0.05. The experiment may also be continued past the end of dosing in which case tumor measurements would continue to be recorded to monitor tumor growth delay.
  • Tumor growth delays are expressed as the difference in the median time for the treated and control groups to attain a predetermined size divided by the median time for the control group to attain that size. Growth delays are compared by generating Kaplan- Meier curves from the times for individual tumors to attain the evaluation size.
  • Tumor cells are injected intraperitoneally or intracranially on Day 0.
  • Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule starting on Day 1. Observations of morbidity and/or mortality are recorded twice daily. Body weights are measured and recorded twice weekly. Morbidity/mortality data is expressed in terms of the median time of survival and the number of long- term survivors is indicated separately. Survival times are used to generate Kaplan- Meier curves. Significance is p ⁇ 0.05 by a log-rank test compared to the control group in the experiment.
  • Tumor cells or fragments are implanted subcutaneously and grown to the desired size for treatment to begin. Once at the predetermined size range, mice are randomized into treatment groups. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Tumor and body weights are measured and recorded 2-3 times weekly. Mean tumor weights of all groups over days post inoculation are graphed for comparison. An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test to compare tumor sizes in the treated and control groups at the end of treatment. Significance is p ⁇ 0.05 as compared to the control group.
  • Tumor measurements may be recorded after dosing has stopped to monitor tumor growth delay.
  • Tumor growth delays are expressed as the difference in the median time for the treated and control groups to attain a predetermined size divided by the median time for the control group to attain that size. Growth delays are compared by generating Kaplan-Meier curves from the times for individual tumors to attain the evaluation size. Significance is p value ⁇ 0.05 compared to the vehicle control group.
  • Tumor cells or fragments, of mammary adenocarcinoma origin are implanted directly into a surgically exposed and reflected mammary fat pad in rodents. The fat pad is placed back in its original position and the surgical site is closed. Hormones may also be administered to the rodents to support the growth of the tumors. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Tumor and body weights are measured and recorded 2-3 times weekly. Mean tumor weights of all groups over days post inoculation are graphed for -5 comparison. An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test to compare tumor sizes in the treated and control groups at the end of treatment. Significance is p ⁇ 0.05 as compared to the control group.
  • Tumor measurements may be recorded after dosing has stopped to monitor tumor growth delay.
  • Tumor growth delays are expressed as the difference in the median time for the treated and control groups to attain a predetermined size divided by the median time for the control group to attain that size. Growth delays are compared by generating Kaplan-Meier curves from the times for individual tumors to attain the 5 evaluation size. Significance is p value ⁇ 0.05 compared to the vehicle control group.
  • Metastasis can be assessed at termination of the study by counting the number of visible foci per target organ, or measuring the target organ weight. The means of these endpoints are compared by Student's t-test after 0 conducting an F-test, with significance determined at p ⁇ 0.05 compared to the control group in the experiment.
  • Tumor cells or fragments, of prostatic adenocarcinoma origin are implanted directly into a surgically exposed dorsal lobe of the prostate in rodents.
  • the prostate is externalized through an abdominal incision so that the tumor can be implanted specifically in the dorsal lobe while verifying that the implant does not enter the seminal vesicles.
  • the successfully inoculated prostate is replaced in the abdomen 0 . and the incisions through the abdomen and skin are closed.
  • Hormones may also be administered to the rodents to support the growth of the tumors.
  • Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule.
  • Body weights are measured and recorded 2-3 times weekly. At a predetermined time, the experiment is terminated and the animal is dissected.
  • the size of the primary tumor is measured in three dimensions using either a caliper or an ocular micrometer attached to a dissecting scope.
  • An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test to compare tumor sizes in the treated and control groups at the end of treatment. Significance is p ⁇ 0.05 as compared to the control group. This model provides an opportunity to increase the rate of spontaneous metastasis of this type of tumor.
  • Metastasis can be assessed at termination ofthe study by counting the number of visible foci per target organ (i.e., the lungs), or measuring the target organ weight (i.e., the regional lymph nodes). The means of these endpoints are compared by Student's t-test after conducting an F-test, with significance determined at p ⁇ 0.05 compared to the control group in the experiment.
  • Tumor cells of pulmonary origin may be implanted intrabronchially by making an incision through the skin and exposing the trachea.
  • the trachea is pierced with the beveled end of a 25 gauge needle and the tumor cells are inoculated into the main bronchus using a flat-ended 27 gauge needle with a 90° bend.
  • Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Body weights are measured and recorded 2-3 times weekly. At a predetermined time, the experiment is terminated and the animal is dissected.
  • the size of the primary tumor is measured in three dimensions using either a caliper or an ocular micrometer attached to a dissecting scope.
  • An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test to compare tumor sizes in the treated and control groups at the end of treatment. Significance is p ⁇ 0.05 as compared to the control group.
  • This model provides an opportunity to increase the rate of spontaneous metastasis of this type of tumor. Metastasis can be assessed at termination of the study by counting the number of visible foci per target organ (i.e., the confralateral lung), or measuring the target organ weight. The means of these endpoints are compared by Student's t-test after conducting an F-test, with significance determined at p ⁇ 0.05 compared to the control group in the experiment.
  • Tumor cells of gastrointestinal origin may be implanted intracecally by making an abdominal incision through the skin and externalizing the intestine. Tumor cells are inoculated into the cecal wall without penetrating the lumen of the intestine using a 27 or 30 gauge needle. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Body weights are measured and recorded 2-3 times weekly. At a predetermined time, the experiment is terminated and the animal is dissected. The size of the primary tumor is measured in three dimensions using either a caliper or an ocular micrometer attached to a dissecting scope.
  • An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t- test to compare tumor sizes in the treated and control groups at the end of treatment. Significance is p ⁇ 0.05 as compared to the control group. This model provides an opportunity to increase the rate of spontaneous metastasis of this type of tumor. Metastasis can be assessed at termination of the study by counting the number of visible foci per target organ (i.e., the liver), or measuring the target organ weight. The means of these endpoints are compared by Student's t-test after conducting an F-test, with significance determined at p ⁇ 0.05 compared to the control group in the experiment.
  • Tumor cells are inoculated s.c. and the tumors allowed to grow to a predetermined range for spontaneous metastasis studies to the lung or liver. These primary tumors are then excised. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule which may include the period leading up to the excision of the primary tumor to evaluate therapies directed at inhibiting the early stages of tumor metastasis. Observations of morbidity and/or mortality are recorded daily. Body weights are measured, and recorded twice weekly. Potential endpoints include survival time, numbers of visible foci per target organ, or target organ weight. When survival time is used as the endpoint the other values are not determined.
  • Survival data is used to generate Kaplan-Meier curves. Significance is p ⁇ 0.05 by a log-rank test compared to the control group in the experiment. The mean number of visible tumor foci, as determined under a dissecting microscope, and the mean target organ weights are compared by Student's t-test after conducting an F-test, with significance determined at p ⁇ 0.05. compared to the control group in the experiment for both of these endpoints.
  • Tumor cells are injected into the tail vein, portal vein, or the left ventricle of the heart in experimental (forced) lung, liver, and bone metastasis studies, respectively.
  • Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Observations of morbidity and/or mortality are recorded daily. Body weights are measured and recorded twice weekly. Potential endpoints include survival time, numbers of visible foci per target organ, or target organ weight. When survival time is used as the endpoint the other values are not determined. Survival data is used to generate Kaplan-Meier curves. Significance is p ⁇ 0.05 by a log-rank test compared to the control group in the experiment.
  • Acute pain is measured on a hot plate mainly in rats.
  • Two variants of hot plate testing are used: In the classical variant animals are put on a hot surface (52 to 56°C) and the latency time is measured until the animals show nocifensive behavior, such as stepping or foot licking.
  • the other variant is an increasing temperature hot plate where the experimental animals are put on a surface of neutral temperature. Subsequently this surface is slowly but constantly heated until the animals begin to lick a hind paw. The temperature which is reached when hind paw licking begins is a measure for pain threshold.
  • Compounds are tested against a vehicle treated control group. Substance application is performed at different time points via different application routes (i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t, i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal) prior to pain testing.
  • application routes i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t, i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal
  • Persistent pain is measured with the formalin or capsaicin test, mainly in rats. A solution of 1 to 5% formalin or 10 to 100 ⁇ g capsaicin is injected into one hind paw ofthe experimental animal. After formalin or capsaicin application the animals show nocifensive reactions like flinching, licking and biting of the affected paw. The number of nocifensive reactions within a time frame of up to 90 minutes is a measure for intensity of pain.
  • Compounds are tested against a vehicle treated control group. Substance application is performed at different time points via different application routes (i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t., i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal) prior to formalin or capsaicin administration.
  • Neuropathic pain is induced by different variants of unilateral sciatic nerve injury mainly in rats. The operation is performed under anesthesia. The first variant of sciatic nerve injury is produced by placing loosely constrictive ligatures around the common sciatic nerve.
  • the second variant is the tight ligation of about the half of the diameter of the common sciatic nerve
  • a group of models is used in which tight ligations or transections are made of either the L5 and L6 spinal nerves, or the L% spinal nerve only.
  • the fourth variant involves an axotomy of two of the three terminal branches of the sciatic nerve (tibial and common peroneal nerves) leaving the remaining sural nerve intact whereas the last variant comprises the axotomy of only the tibial branch leaving the sural and common nerves uninjured. Control animals are treated with a sham operation.
  • the nerve injured animals develop a chronic mechanical allodynia, cold allodynioa, as well as a thermal hyperalgesia.
  • Mechanical allodynia is measured by means of a pressure transducer (electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, 1TTC
  • Thermal hyperalgesia is measured by means of a radiant heat source (Plantar Test, Ugo Basile, Comerio, Italy), or by means of a cold plate of 5 to 10°C where the nocifensive reactions of the affected hind paw are counted as a measure of pain intensity.
  • a further test for cold induced pain is the counting of nocifensive reactions, or duration of nocifensive responses after plantar administration of acetone to the affected hind limb.
  • Inflammatory Pain Inflammatory pain is induced mainly in rats by injection of 0.75 mg carrageenan or complete Freund's adjuvant into one hind paw. The animals develop an edema with mechanical allodynia as well as thermal hyperalgesia. Mechanical allodynia is measured by means of a pressure transducer (electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, IITC Inc. -Life Science Instruments, Woodland Hills, SA,
  • Thermal hyperalgesia is measured by means of a radiant heat source (Plantar Test, Ugo Basile, Comerio, Italy, Paw thermal stimulator, G. Ozaki, University of California, USA).
  • Plant Test Ugo Basile, Comerio, Italy
  • Paw thermal stimulator G. Ozaki, University of California, USA
  • edema measurement two methods are being used. In the first method, the animals are sacrificed and the affected hindpaws sectioned and weighed. The second method comprises differences in paw volume by measuring water displacement in a plethysmometer (Ugo Basile, Comerio, Italy).
  • Compounds are tested against uninflamed as well as vehicle treated confrol groups. Substance application is performed at different time points via different application routes (i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t., i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal) prior to pain testing.
  • application routes i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t., i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal
  • Compounds are tested against diabetic and non-diabetic vehicle treated control groups. Substance application is performed at different time points via different application routes (i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t., i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal) prior to pain testing.
  • application routes i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t., i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal
  • 6-Hydroxydopamine (6-OH-DA) Lesion. Degeneration of the dopaminergic ni- grostriatal and striatopallidal pathways is the central pathological event in Parkinson's disease. This disorder has been mimicked experimentally in rats using single/sequential unilateral stereotaxic injections of 6-OH-DA into the medium forebrain bundle (MFB).
  • MFB medium forebrain bundle
  • mice Male Wistar rats (Harlan Winkelmann, Germany), weighing 200 ⁇ 250 g at the beginning of the experiment, are used. The rats are maintained in a temperature- and humidity-controlled environment under a 12 h light/dark cycle with free access to food and water when not in experimental sessions. The following in vivo protocols are approved by the governmental authorities. All efforts are made to minimize animal suffering, to reduce the number of animals used, and to utilize alternatives to in vivo techniques.
  • Animals are administered pargyline on the day of surgery (Sigma, St. Louis, MO, USA; 50 mg/kg i.p.) in order to inhibit metabolism of 6-OHDA by monoamine oxidase and desmethylimipramine HCI (Sigma; 25 mg/kg i.p.) in order to prevent uptake of 6-OHDA by noradrenergic terminals. Thirty minutes later the rats are anesthetized with sodium pentobarbital (50 mg/kg) and placed in a stereotaxic frame.
  • Stepping Test Forelimb akinesia is assessed three weeks following lesion placement using a modified stepping test protocol.
  • the animals are held by the experimenter with one hand fixing the hindlimbs and slightly raising the hind part above the surface.
  • One paw is touching the table, and is then moved slowly sideways (5 s for 1 m), first in the forehand and then in the backhand direction.
  • the number of adjusting steps is counted for both paws in the backhand and forehand direction of movement.
  • the sequence of testing is right paw forehand and backhand adjusting stepping, followed by left paw forehand and backhand directions.
  • the test is repeated three times on three consecutive days, after an initial training period of three days prior to the first testing.
  • Forehand adjusted stepping reveals no consistent differences between lesioned and healthy confrol animals. Analysis is therefore restricted to backhand adjusted stepping.
  • Balance .Test Balance adjustments following postural challenge are also measured during the stepping test sessions.
  • the rats are held in the same position as described in the stepping test and, instead of being moved sideways, tilted by the experimenter towards the side of the paw touching the table. This maneuver results in loss of balance and the ability of the rats to regain balance by forelimb movements is scored on a scale ranging from 0 to 3. Score 0 is given for a normal forelimb placement. When the forelimb movement is delayed but recovery of postural balance detected, score 1 is given. Score 2 represents a clear, yet insufficient, forelimb reaction, as evidenced by muscle contraction, but lack of success in recovering balance, and score 3 is given for no reaction of movement. The test is repeated three times a day on each side for three consecutive days after an initial training period of three days prior to the first testing.
  • Staircase Test (Paw Reaching).
  • a modified version of the staircase test is used for evaluation of paw reaching behavior three weeks following primary and secondary lesion placement.
  • Plexiglass test boxes with a central platform and a removable staircase on each side are used.
  • the apparatus is designed such that only the paw on the same side at each staircase can be used, thus providing a measure of independent forelimb use.
  • For each test the animals are left in the test boxes for 15 min.
  • the double staircase is filled with 7 x 3 chow pellets (Precision food pellets, formula: P, purified rodent diet, size 45 mg; Sandown Scientific) on each side.
  • MPTP leads to a marked decrease in the levels of dopamine and its metabolites, and in the number of dopaminergic terminals in the striatum as well as severe loss of the tyrosine hydroxylase (TH)-immunoreactive cell bodies in the substantia nigra, pars compacta.
  • TH tyrosine hydroxylase
  • mice are perfused transcardially with 0.01 M PBS (pH 7.4) for 2 min, followed by 4% paraformaldehyde (Merck) in PBS for 15 min.
  • PBS pH 7.4
  • PBS paraformaldehyde
  • TH free-floating tyrosine hydroxylase
  • Sections are mounted on to gelatin-coated slides, left to dry overnight, counter- stained with hematoxylin dehydrated in ascending alcohol concentrations and cleared in butylacetate. Coverslips are mounted on entellan.
  • Labandeira-Garcia (1997), with a CR-1 Rotamex system (Columbus Instruments, Columbus, OH) comprising an IBM-compatible personal computer, a CIO-24 data acquisition card, a control unit, and a four-lane rotarod unit.
  • the rotarod unit consists of a rotating spindle (diameter 7.3 cm) and individual compartments for each mouse.
  • the system software allows preprogramming of session protocols with varying rotational speeds (0-80 rpm). Infrared beams are used to detect when a mouse has fallen onto the base grid beneath the rotarod.
  • the system logs the fall as the end of the experiment for that mouse, and the total time on the rotarod, as well as the time ofthe fall and all the set-up parameters, are recorded.
  • the system also allows a weak cunent to be passed through the base grid, to aid training.
  • the object recognition task has been designed to assess the effects of experimental manipulations on the cognitive performance of rodents.
  • a rat is placed in an open field, in which two identical objects are present.
  • the rats inspects both objects during the first trial of the object recognition task.
  • a second trial after a retention interval of for example 24 hours, one ofthe two objects used in the first trial, the 'familiar' object, and a novel object are placed in the open field.
  • the inspection time at each ofthe objects is registered.
  • the basic measures in the OR task is the time spent by a rat exploring the two object the second trial. Good retention is reflected by higher exploration times towards the novel than the ' 'familiar' object.
  • Administration of the putative cognition enhancer prior to the first trial pre- dominantly allows assessment of the effects on acquisition, and eventually on consolidation processes.
  • Administration of the testing compound after the first trial allows to assess the effects on consolidation processes, whereas administration before the second trial allows to measure effects on retrieval processes.
  • the passive avoidance task assesses memory performance in rats and mice.
  • the inhibitory avoidance apparatus consists of a two-compartment box with a light compartment and a dark compartment. The two compartments are separated by a guillotine door that can be operated by the experimenter. A threshold of 2 cm separates the two compartments when the guillotine door is raised. When the door is open, the illumination in the dark compartment is about 2 lux. The light intensity is about 500 lux at the center of the floor ofthe light compartment.
  • Two habituation sessions, one shock session, and a retention session are given, separated by inter-session intervals of 24 hours.
  • the rat In the habituation sessions and the retention session the rat is allowed to explore the apparatus for 300 sec. The rat is placed in the light compartment, facing the wall opposite to the guillotine door. After an accommodation period of 15 sec. the guillotine door is opened so that all parts of the apparatus can be visited freely. Rats normally avoid brightly lit areas and will enter the dark compartment within a few seconds.
  • the guillotine door between the compartments is lowered as soon as the rat has entered the dark compartment with its four paws, and a scrambled 1 mA footshock is administered for 2 sec. The rat is removed from the apparatus and put back into its home cage. The procedure during the retention session is identical to that ofthe habituation sessions.
  • the step-through latency that is the first latency of entering the dark compartment . (in sec.) during the retention session is an index of the memory performance of the animal; the longer the latency to enter the dark compartment, the better the retention is.
  • Scopolamine impairs the memory performance during the retention session 24 hours later. If the test compound increases the enter latency compared with the scopolamine-treated controls, is likely to possess cognition enhancing potential.
  • the Morris water escape task measures spatial orientation learning in rodents. It is a test system that has extensively been used to investigate the effects of putative therapeutic on the cognitive functions of rats and mice.
  • the performance of an animal is assessed in a circular water tank with an escape platform that is submerged about 1 cm below the surface of the water. The escape platform is not visible for an animal swimming in the water tank.
  • Abundant extra-maze cues are provided by the furniture in the room, including desks, computer equipment, a second water tank, the presence ofthe experimenter, and by a radio on a shelf that is playing softly.
  • the animals receive four trials during five daily acquisition sessions.
  • a trial is started by placing an animal into the pool, facing the wall of the tank. Each of four starting positions in the quadrants north, east, south, and west is used once in a series of four trials; their order is randomized.
  • the escape platform is always in the same position.
  • a trial is terminated as soon as the animal had climbs onto the escape platform or when 90 seconds have elapsed, whichever event occurs first. The animal is allowed to stay on the platform for 30 seconds. Then it is taken from the platform and the next trial is started. If an animal did not find the platform within 90 seconds it is put on the platform by the experimenter and is allowed to stay there for 30 seconds.
  • an additional trial is given as a probe trial: the platform is removed, and the time the animal spends in the four quadrants is measured for 30 or 60 seconds.
  • the probe trial all animals start from the same start position, opposite to the quadrant where the escape platform had been positioned during acquisition.
  • rats or mice with specific brain lesions which impair cognitive functions, or animals treated with compounds such as scopolamine or MK-801, which interfere with normal learning, or aged animals which suffer from cognitive deficits, are used.
  • the T-maze spontaneous alternation task assesses the spatial memory performance in mice.
  • the start arm and the two goal arms of the T-maze are provided with guillotine doors which can be operated manually by the experimenter.
  • a mouse is put into the start arm at the beginning of training.
  • the guillotine door is closed.
  • the 'forced trial' either the left or right goal arm is blocked by lowering the guillotine door.
  • the mouse After the mouse has been released from the start arm, it will negotiate the maze, eventually enter the open goal arm, and return to the start position, where it will be confined for 5 seconds, by lowering the guillotine door.
  • the animal can choose freely between the left and right goal arm (all guillotine-doors opened) during 14 'free choice' trials. As soon a the mouse has entered one goal arm, the other one is closed. The mouse eventually returns to the start arm and is free to visit whichever go alarm it wants after having been confined to the start arm for 5 seconds. After completion of 14 free choice trials in one session, the animal is removed from the maze. During training, the animal is never handled.
  • the percent alternations out of 14 trials is calculated. This percentage and the total time needed to complete the first forced trial and the subsequent 14 free choice trials
  • Cognitive deficits are usually induced by an injection of scopolamine, 30 min before the start ofthe training session. Scopolamine reduced the per-cent alternations to chance level, or below.
  • a cognition enhancer which is always administered before the training session, will at least partially, antagonize the scopolamine-induced reduction in the spontaneous alternation rate.
  • RNAlaterTM RNAlater
  • the lung tissue is homogenised, and total RNA was extracted using a Qiagen RNeasyTM Maxi kit. Molecular Probes RiboGreenTM RNA quantitation method is used to quantify the amount of RNA in each sample.
  • RNA is reverse transcribed, and the resultant cDNA is used in a real-time polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the cDNA is added to a solution containing the sense and anti-sense primers and the 6-carboxy-teframethyl-rhodamine labeled probe of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene.
  • Cyclophilin is used as the housekeeping gene.
  • the expression of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene is measured using the TaqMan real-time PCR system that generates an amplification curve for each sample. From this curve a threshold cycle value is calculated: the fractional cycle number at which the amount of amplified target reaches a fixed threshold.
  • a sample containing many copies of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene will reach this threshold earlier than a sample containing fewer copies.
  • the threshold is set at 0.2, and the threshold cycle CT is calculated from the amplification curve.
  • the CT value for the prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene is normalized using the CT value for the housekeeping gene.
  • prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene is increased by at least 3-fold between 10 minutes and 3 hours post tobacco smoke exposure compared to air exposed confrol animals.
  • Test compounds are evaluated as follows. Animals are pre-freated with a test compound between 5 minutes and 1 hour prior to the tobacco smoke exposure and they are then sacrificed up to 3 hours after the tobacco smoke exposure has been completed. Control animals are pre-freated with the vehicle ofthe test compound via the route of administration chosen for the test compound.
  • a test compound that reduces the tobacco smoke induced upregulation of prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene relative to the expression seen in vehicle treated tobacco smoke exposed animals is identified as an inhibitor of prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene expression.
  • Rats are anesthetized by infraperitoneal administration of urethane (Sigma) at 1.25 g/kg.
  • the abdomen is opened through a midline incision, and a polyethylene catheter (BECTON DICKINSON, PE50) is implanted into the bladder through the dome.
  • a polyethylene catheter BECTON DICKINSON, PE50
  • saline Otsuka
  • Rats are anesthetized by intramuscular administration of ketamine (75 mg/kg) and xylazine (15 mg/kg).
  • the abdomen is opened through a midline incision, and a polyethylene catheter (BECTON DICKINSON, PE50) is implanted into the bladder through the dome.
  • the catheter is tunneled through subcutis of the animal by needle (14G) to neck.
  • the inguinal region is incised, and a polyethylene catheter (BECTON DICKINSON, PE50) filled with saline (Otsuka) is inserted into a femoral vein.
  • the catheter is tunneled through subcutis of the animal by needle to neck.
  • the bladder catheter is connected via T-tube to a pressure transducer (Viggo-Specframed Pte Ltd, DT-XXAD) and a microinjection pump (TERUMO). Saline is infused at room temperature into the bladder at a rate of 10 ml/hr. Infravesicular pressure is recorded continuously on a chart pen recorder (Yokogawa). At least three reproducible micturition cycles are recorded before a test compound administration.
  • test compounds (4) Administration of test compounds.
  • a test compound dissolved in the mixture of ethanol, Tween 80 (ICN Biomedicals Inc.) and saline (1 : 1 : 8, v/v/v) is administered intravenously through the catheter.
  • RNA from each cell or tissue source was first reverse transcribed. Eighty-five ⁇ g of total RNA was reverse transcribed using 1 ⁇ mole random hexamer primers, 0.5 mM each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP and dTTP (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany) and 3000 U RnaseQut (Invitrogen, Groningen, Netherlands) in a final volume of 680 ⁇ l.
  • the first strand synthesis buffer and Omniscript reverse franscriptase (2 u/ ⁇ l) were obtained from (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany).
  • the reaction was incubated at 37°C for 90 minutes and cooled on ice. The volume was adjusted to 6800 ⁇ l with water, yielding a final concentration of 12.5 ng/ ⁇ l of starting RNA.
  • Perkin Elmer ABI Prism RTM 7700 Sequence Detection system or Biorad iCycler was used according to the manufacturer's specifications and protocols.
  • PCR reactions were set up to quantitate the novel human prolyl hydroxylase and the housekeeping genes HPRT (hypoxanthine phosphoribosyltransferase), GAPDH (glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase), ⁇ -actin, and others.
  • Forward and reverse primers and probes for the novel human prolyl hydroxylase were designed using the Perkin Elmer ABI Primer ExpressTM software and were synthesized by TibMolBiol (Berlin, Germany).
  • the novel human prolyl hydroxylase forward primer sequence was: Primerl tgagaattacagggcgacag.
  • the novel human prolyl hydroxylase reverse primer sequence was Primer2 atgtgtggcttggcttctct.
  • Probe 1 ctggtgttgaagcattgcagttgg, labeled with FAM (carboxy- fluorescein succinimidyl ester) as the reporter dye and TAMRA (carb ⁇ xytefra- methylrhodamine) as the quencher, was used as a probe for the novel human prolyl hydroxylase.
  • the following reagents were prepared in a total of 25 ⁇ l : lx TaqMan buffer A, 5.5 mM MgCl 2 , 200 nM of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dUTP, 0.025 U/ ⁇ l AmpliTaq GoldTM, 0.01 U/ ⁇ l AmpErase, and Probel ctggtgttgaagcattgcagttgg, novel human prolyl hydroxylase forward and reverse primers each at 200 nM, 200 nM , novel human prolyl hydroxylase FAM/TAMRA-labeled probe, and 5 ⁇ 1 of template cDNA. Thermal cycling parameters were 2 min at 50°C, followed by 10 min at 95°C, followed by 40 cycles of melting at 95°C for 15 sec and annealing/extending at 60°C for 1 min.
  • the CT (tlireshold cycle) value is calculated as described in the "Quantitative determination of nucleic acids" section.
  • the CF-value factor for threshold cycle conection
  • PCR reactions were set up to quantitate the housekeeping genes (HKG) for each cDNA sample.
  • CTHKG-n-mean value (CTHKGl-value + CTHKG2-value + ... + CTHKG- n- value) / n
  • CTcDNA-n CT value of the tested gene for the cDNA n
  • CFcDNA-n detection factor for cDNA n
  • CT cor-cDNA-n CT value for a gene on cDNA n
  • fetal lung fibroblast cells kidney tumor, spleen liver cinhosis, fetal kidney, prostate, postcenfral gyras, breast, adrenal gland, kidney, spleen, spinal cord, fetal lung, rectum, corpus callosum, neuroblastoma SK N MC cells, HEK 293 cells, heart ventricle (left), uterus, retina, colon, hippocampus, ileum chronic inflammation, skin, Alzheimer brain frontal lobe, MDA
  • MB 231 cells (breast tumor), esophagus, aorta, ileum, bladder, heart atrium (right), mammary gland, lung, HeLa cells (cervix tumor), occipital lobe, cervix, stomach tumor, pons, trachea, thalamus, skeletal muscle, cerebral cortex, frontal lobe, placenta, parietal lobe, cerebellum, stomach, thrombocytes, liver, Alzheimer brain, cerebellum (left), Alzheimer brain, adipose, cerebral meninges, liver liver cinhosis, coronary artery sclerotic, precentral gyras, esophagus tumor, Alzheimer cerebral cortex, ovary tumor, temporal lobe, cerebellum (right), heart atrium (left), artery, penis, vein, HUVEC cells, thymus, salivary gland, cerebral peduncles, dorsal root ganglia, lung tumor,
  • HEK 293 cells 85 ' heart ventricle (left) 81 uterus 80 retina 80 colon 73 hippocampus 71 ileum chronic inflammation 70 skin 69
  • MDA MB 231 cells (breast tumor) 63 esophagus 62 Tissue Relative Expression aorta 60 ' ileum 58 bladder 54 heart atrium (right) 52 mammary gland 50 lung 49
  • HeLa cells (cervix tumor) . 49 occipital lobe 45 cervix 43 stomach tumor 42 pons 39 trachea 37 thalamus 36 skeletal muscle 36 cerebral cortex 34 frontal lobe 32 placenta 31 parietal lobe 30 cerebellum 28 stomach 27 thrombocytes 27 liver 25
  • Alzheimer cerebral cortex 22 ovary tumor 22 temporal lobe 21 cerebellum (right) 20 heart atrium (left) 19 artery 19 penis 18 vein 18
  • HEP G2 cells 3 liver tumor 3 coronary Artery 2 ileum tumor 2 bone manow CD71+ cells 2
  • Jurkat (T-cells) 1 substantia nigra 0 fetal heart 0 REFERENCES
  • Grosl, a potential growth suppressor on chromosome 1 its identity to basement membrane-associated proteoglycan, leprecan, Kaul SC, Sugihara T, Yoshida A, Nomura H, Wadhwa R, Oncogene 2000 Jul 27;19(32):3576-83.
  • the DNA-repair protein AlkB, EGL-9, and leprecan define new families of 2- oxoglutarate- and iron-dependent dioxygenases, Aravind L, Koonin EV, Genome Biol 2001 ;2(3).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Enzymes And Modification Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

The present application concerns the cloning of a gene encoding a human prolylhydroxylase like protein. Human prolylhydroxylase gene products can play a role in preventing, ameliorating, or correcting dysfunctions or diseases including, but not limited to, cancer, cardiovascular disorders, COPD, asthma, genitourinary disorders, and CNS disorders.

Description

CLONING OF A HUMAN PROLYLHYDROXYLASE-LIKE PROTEIN
This application incorporates by reference co-pending provisional application Serial No. 60/353,190 filed February 4, 2002.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to the regulation of human prolylhydroxylase-li e protein.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Prolyl 4-hydroxylases comprise a family of enzymes that are involved in post- translational modification of a variety of proteins. The prolyl 4-hydroxylation of procollagen has been analyzed in most detail. Hydroxylation of proline residues is a prerequisite for the folding of the newly synthesized procollagen polypeptide chain into its typical triple helical structure. Active prolyl 4-hydroxylases have been described as tetramers of 2 alpha and 2 beta subunits. The known beta subunit is identical to the enzyme protein disulfide isomerase (PDI). The catalytic activity of the enzyme probably resides in the carboxy-terminal half of the alpha subunit
(Kivirikko KI, Myllyharju J. (1998) Matrix Biol.l6(7):357-68). Prolyl 4-hydroxylation of collagen is of crucial importance for any pathological process that is related to overproduction of collagen, such as fibrotic alterations of the liver, the heart, the lung, and the skin. Modulation of human prolyl 4-hydroxylases can be useful for the therapy of diseases characterized by fibrotic alterations (Franklin TJ.
(1997) Int J Biochem Cell Biol. 29(l):79-89).
Prolyl 4-hydroxylation of certain nuclear factors also is implicated in the regulation of oxygen dependent gene expression. The regulation of tissue oxygen supply is of crucial importance for all processes in human life. The level of tissue oxygenation results from the balance between oxygen supply and oxygen consumption. This balance is exactly tuned in the healthy organism but disturbed under many pathological conditions such as pulmonary and cardiovascular diseases, which are characterized by a decrease in oxygen supply, as well as cancer and inflammations, which both are characterized by an increased demand of oxygen within the diseased tissue.
In addition to immediate physiological responses such as vasodilatation, adaptation of heart rate, etc., imbalance of tissue oxygenation is followed by modulation of the transcription rate of a multitude of genes. Among these genes are those that encode for important growth factors and hormones (e.g., vascular endothelial growth factor and erythropoietin) and many metabolic enzymes. The transcriptional modulation leads, for example, to a long lasting adaptation of metabolism, growth, or regression of blood vessels and increased or decreased erythropoiesis.
All oxygen regulated genes have been turned out to be target genes for a distinct family of nuclear transcription factors which were termed hypoxia inducible factors (HIFs). The oxygen regulated genes carry distinct binding sites for HIFs in their regulatory elements (i.e., promoters and enhancers) (Wenger RH, Gassmann M. (1997) Biol Chem. 378(7):609-16; Semenza GL (1999) Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol. 15:551-78; Zhu H, Bunn HF (1999) Respir Physiol. 115(2): 239-47). In their active form, hypoxia inducible factors consist of an alpha and a beta subunit. While the beta subunit, which was named HIF-lbeta or ARNT, is not regulated in response to changes of tissue oxygen, the alpha subunit is unstable under normoxic or hyperoxic conditions. This is due to the rapid degradation of the constitutively translated alpha subunit via the proteasomal pathway. The alpha subunit becomes ubiquitinylated via an E3 ubiquitin conjugase complex, in which the NHL tumor suppressor protein is the central adaptor protein to the alpha subunit (Ohh M, Park CW, Ivan M, Hoffman MA, Kim TY, Huang LE, Pavletich Ν, Chau N, Kaelin WG (2000) Nat Cell Biol. 2(7):423-7; Kondo K, Kaelin WG Jr. (2001) Exp Cell Res. 264(1): 117-25). The ubiquitin conjugase complex can only bind to the alpha subunit and initiate degradation if the alpha subunit is hydroxylated on a distinct proline residue, which is highly conserved among HIFs. Under hypoxic conditions (low tissue oxygen), this prolyl 4-hydroxylation does not take place, and HIFs therefore become stable and can activate their target genes. The prolyl 4-hydroxylase(s) involved in prolyl 4- hydroxylation of HIF-alpha have not been identified (Ivan M, Kondo K, Yang H, Kim W, Naliando J, Ohh M, Salic A, Asara JM, Lane WS, Kaelin Jr WG.(2001) Science. 292(551ό):464-468; Jaakkola P, Mole DR, Tian YM, Wilson MI, Gielbert J, Gaskell SJ, Kriegsheim Av A, Hebestreit HF, Mukherji M, Schofield CJ, Maxwell PH, Pugh CW, Ratcliffe PJ (2001) Science. 292(5516):468-472) . Thus, any HIF- alpha specific prolyl 4-hydroxylase is a key oxygen sensor for the regulation of oxygen sensitive genes, such as vascular endothelial growth factor, erythropoietin, and iΝOS and therefore is of crucial importance for cardiovascular, neoplastic and inflammatory diseases.
There is, therefore, a need in the art to identify related enzymes, which can be regulated to provide therapeutic effects.
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
It is an object of the invention to provide reagents and methods of regulating a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein. This and other objects of the invention are provided by one or more ofthe embodiments described below.
One embodiment of the invention is a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
amino acid sequences which are at least about 49% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ TD NO: 2; and the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2. Yet another embodiment of the invention is a method of screening for agents which decrease extracellular matrix degradation. A test compound is contacted with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
amino acid sequences which are at least about 49% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2; and the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.
Binding between the test compound and the prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide is detected. A test compound which binds to the prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide is thereby identified as a potential agent for decreasing extracellular matrix degradation. The agent can work by decreasing the activity of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein.
Another embodiment of the invention is a method of screening for agents which decrease extracellular matrix degradation. A test compound is contacted with a polynucleotide encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of:
nucleotide sequences which are at least about 50% identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1; and the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1.
Binding of the test compound to the polynucleotide is detected. A test compound which binds to the polynucleotide is identified as a potential agent for decreasing extracellular matrix degradation. The agent can work by decreasing the amount ofthe prolylhydroxylase-like protein through interacting with the prolylhydroxylase-like protein mRNA. Another embodiment of the invention is a method of screening for agents which regulate extracellular matrix degradation. A test compound is contacted with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
amino acid sequences which are at least about 49% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2; and the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.
A prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity of the polypeptide is detected. A test compound which increases prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity ofthe polypeptide relative to prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity in the absence of the test compound is thereby identified as a potential agent for increasing extracellular matrix degradation. A test compound which decreases prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity of the polypeptide relative to prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity in the absence ofthe test compound is thereby identified as a potential agent for decreasing extracellular matrix degradation.
Even another embodiment ofthe invention is a method of screening for agents which decrease extracellular matrix degradation. A test compound is contacted with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein product of a polynucleotide which comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of:
nucleotide sequences which are at least about 50% identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1; and the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1.
Binding of the test compound to the prolylhydroxylase-like protein product is detected. A test compound which binds to the prolylhydroxylase-like protein product is thereby identified as a potential agent for decreasing extracellular matrix degradation. Still another embodiment of the invention is a method of reducing extracellular matrix degradation. A cell is contacted with a reagent which specifically binds to a polynucleotide encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide or the product encoded by the polynucleotide, wherein the polynucleotide comprises a nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of:
nucleotide sequences which are at least about 50% identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1; and the nucleotide sequene shown in SEQ ID NO: 1.
Prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity in the cell is thereby decreased.
The invention thus provides a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein that can be used to identify test compounds that may act, for example, as activators or inhibitors at the enzyme's active site. Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein and fragments thereof also are useful in raising specific antibodies that can block the enzyme and effectively reduce its activity.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Fig. 1 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 1).
Fig. 2 shows the amino acid sequence deduced from the DNA-sequence of Fig.1
(SEQ ID NO: 2).
Fig. 3 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 3). Fig. 4 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 4).
Fig. 5 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Poly- peptide (SEQ ID NO: 5).
Fig. 6 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide. (SEQ ID NO: 6).
Fig. 7 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
Fig. 8 , shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
Fig. 9 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
Fig. 10 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Poly- peptide
Fig. 11 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
Fig. 12 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
Fig. 13 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide Fig. 14 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Polypeptide
Fig. 15 shows the DNA-sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein Poly- peptide
Fig. 16 shows the SAGE expression data.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to an isolated polynucleotide from the group consisting of:
a) a polynucleotide encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of:
amino acid sequences which are at least about 49% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2; and the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.
b) a polynucleotide comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 ;
c) a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent conditions to a polynucleotide specified in (a) and (b) and encodes a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide;
d) a polynucleotide the sequence of which deviates from the polynucleotide sequences specified in (a) to (c) due to the degeneration of the genetic code and encodes a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide; and
e) a polynucleotide which represents a fragment, derivative or allelic variation of a polynucleotide sequence specified in (a) to (d) and encodes a prolylhydroxylase- like protein polypeptide. Furthermore, it has been discovered by the present applicant that a novel prolylhydroxylase-like protein, particularly a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein, can be used in therapeutic methods to treat cancer, a cardiovascular disorder, COPD, asthma, a genitourinary disorder or a CNS disorder. Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein comprises the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2. A coding sequence for human prolylhydroxylase-like protein is shown in SEQ ID NO: 1. This sequence is contained within the longer sequence' shown in SEQ ID NO: 3. This sequence is located on chromosome 3q8. Related ESTs (SEQ ID NOS: 4-15) are expressed in squamous cell carcinoma, teratocarcinoma in NT2 neuronal precursor cells, prostate, prostate carcinoma, small intestine, kidney, adrenal cortex carcinoma, .and pancreas. SAGE expression data shows expression in microvascular endothelial cells, prostate (cancerous and normal), and colon epithelium.
The sequence reported here represents an extension of EMBL:AK056447 using
Genewise, Genscan and ESTs. SEQ ID NO: 2 was identified with the SMART domain for Prolyl 4-hydroxylase (P4Hc) alpha subunit homologues, SM0702, with an E-value of 3e-53. SEQ ID NO: 2 contains an endoplasmic reticulum targeting sequence and an ATP/GTP-binding site motif A as identified by Prosite. The top BLAST hit for SEQ ID NO : 2 is a mouse growth suppressor protein, GROS 1.
In the literature, SEQ ID NO: 2 is also described as a leprecan-a basement membrane-associated proteoglycan. Both GROSl and leprecan belong to new families of 2-oxoglutarate-and iron-dependent dioxegenases~the same super-family that contains Prolyl 4-hydroxylase. The DNA-repair protein AlkB, the extracellular matrix protein EGL-9, and the disease-resistance-related protein leprecan define new families of 2-oxoglutarate- and iron-dependent dioxygenases. The lack of global sequence similarity among proteins containing the proly-hydroxylase domain appears to be an attribute of this family of enzymes. The principal component analysis of Andrade predicts a cytoplasmic cellular localization for this target. Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein of the invention is expected to be useful for the same purposes as previously identified prolylhydroxylase-like protein enzymes. Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein is believed to be useful in therapeutic methods to treat disorders such as cancer, cardiovascular disorders, COPD, asthma, genitouri- nary disorders, and CNS disorders. Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein also can be used to screen for human prolylhydroxylase-like protein activators and inhibitors.
Polypeptides
Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides according to the invention comprise at least 6, 10, 15, 20, 25,^ 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, or 778 contiguous amino acids selected from the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a biologically active variant thereof, as defined below. A prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide of the invention therefore can be a portion of a prolylhydroxylase-like protein, a full-length prolylhydroxylase- like protein, or a fusion protein comprising all or a portion of a prolylhydroxylase- like protein.
Biologically active variants
Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variants that are biologically active, e.g., retain an enzymatic activity, also are prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides. Preferably, naturally or non-naturally occurring prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variants have amino acid sequences which are at least about 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 70, preferably about 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof. Percent identity between a putative prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variant and an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 is determined Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variants which are biologically active, e.g., retain an enzymatic activity, also are human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides. Preferably, naturally or non-naturally occurring human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variants have amino acid sequences which are at least about 49, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 70, preferably about 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof. Percent identity between a putative human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide variant and an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al., Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff & Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 59:10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1, and the "BLOSUM62" scoring matrix of Henikoff & Henikoff, 1992.
Those skilled in the art appreciate that there are many established algorithms available to align two amino acid sequences. The "FASTA" similarity search algorithm of Pearson & Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative variant. The FASTA algorithm is described by
Pearson & Lipman, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 55:2444(1988), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol. 183:63 (1990). Briefly, FASTA first characterizes sequence similarity by identifying regions shared by the query sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2) and a test sequence that have either the highest density of identities (if the ktup variable is 1) or pairs of identities (if ktup=2), without considering conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions. The ten regions with the highest density of identities are then rescored by comparing the similarity of all paired amino acids using an amino acid substitution matrix, and the ends of the regions are "trimmed" to include only those residues that contribute to the highest score. If there are several regions with scores greater than the "cutoff value (calculated by a predetermined formula based upon the length of the sequence the ktup value), then the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps. Finally, the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch- Sellers algorithm (Needleman & Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol.48:444
(1970); Sellers, SIAM J. Appl. Math.26:7_7 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions. Preferred parameters for FASTA analysis are: ktup=l, gap opening penalty=10, gap extension penalty=l, and substitution matrix=BLOSUM62. These parameters can be introduced into a FASTA program by modifying the scoring matrix file ("SMATRLX"), as explained in Appendix 2 of Pearson, Meth. Enzymol. 183:63 (1990).
FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above. For nucleotide sequence comparisons, the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from three to six, most preferably three, with other parameters set as default.
Variations in percent identity can be due, for example, to amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions. Amino acid substitutions are defined as one for one amino acid replacements. They are conservative in nature when the substituted amino acid has similar structural and or chemical properties. Examples of conservative replacements are substitution of a leucine with an isoleucine or valine, an aspartate with a glutamate, or a threonine with a serine.
Amino acid insertions or deletions are changes to or within an amino acid sequence. They typically fall in the range of about 1 to 5 amino acids. Guidance in determining which amino acid residues can be substituted, inserted, or deleted without abolishing biological or immuno logical activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be found using computer programs well known in the art, such as DNASTAR software.
The invention additionally, encompasses prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides that are differentially modified during or after translation, e.g., by glycosylation, acetylation, phosphorylation, amidation, derivatization by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linkage to an antibody molecule or other cellular ligand, etc. Any of numerous chemical modifications can be carried out by known techniques including, but not limited, to specific chemical cleavage by cyanogen bromide, trypsin, chymotrypsin, papain, V8 protease, NaBH , acetylation, formylation, oxidation, reduction, metabolic synthesis in the presence of tunicamycin, etc.
Additional post-translational modifications encompassed by the invention include, for example, e.g., N-linked or O-linked carbohydrate chains, processing of N- terminal or C-terminal ends), attachment of chemical moieties to the amino acid backbone, chemical modifications of N-linked or O-linked carbohydrate chains, and addition or deletion of an N-terminal methionine residue as a result of prokaryotic host cell expression. The prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides may also be modified with a detectable label, such as an enzymatic, fluorescent, isotopic or affinity label to allow for detection and isolation ofthe protein.
The invention also provides chemically modified derivatives of prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptides that may provide additional advantages such as increased solubil- ity, stability and circulating time of the polypeptide, or decreased immunogenicity
(see U.S. Patent No. 4,179,337). The chemical moieties for derivitization can be selected from water soluble polymers such as polyethylene glycol, ethylene glycol/- propylene glycol copolymers, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, and the like. The polypeptides can be modified at random or predetermined positions within the molecule and can include one, two, three, or more attached chemical moieties.
Whether an amino acid change or a polypeptide modification results in a biologically active prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can readily be determined by assaying for enzymatic activity, as described for example, in Kivirikko, K. I., Myllyla, T. (1982)
Methods Enzymol. 82, 245-304, or Cuncliffe, C. J., Franklin, T. J., Gaskell, R. M. (1986) Biochem. J. 240, 617-619. Fusion proteins
Fusion proteins are useful for generating antibodies against prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide amino acid sequences and for use in various assay systems. For example, fusion proteins can be used to identify proteins that interact with portions of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. Protein affinity chromatography or library-based assays for protein-protein interactions, such as the yeast two-hybrid or phage display systems, can be used for this purpose. Such methods are well known in the art and also can be used as drug screens.
A human prolylliydroxylase-like polypeptide fusion protein comprises two polypeptide segments fused together by means of a peptide bond. The first polypeptide segment comprises at least 6, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, or 778 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2 or of a biologically active variant, such as those described above. The first polypeptide segment also can comprise full-length prolylhydroxylase-like protein.
The second polypeptide segment can be a full-length protein or a protein fragment. Proteins commonly used in fusion protein construction include β-galactosidase, β- glucuronidase, green fluorescent protein (GFP), autofluorescent proteins, including blue fluorescent protein (BFP), glutathione-S-transferase (GST), luciferase, horseradish peroxidase (HRP), and chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT). Additionally, epitope tags are used in fusion protein constructions, including histidine (His) tags, FLAG tags, influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags, Myc tags, VSV-G tags, and thioredoxin (Trx) tags. Other fusion constructions can include maltose binding protein (MBP), S-tag, Lex a DNA binding domain (DBD) fusions, GAL4 DNA binding domain fusions, and herpes simplex virus (HSV) BP16 protein fusions. A fusion protein also can be engineered to contain a cleavage site located between the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide-encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be cleaved and purified away from the heterologous moiety. A fusion protein can be synthesized chemically, as is known in the art. Preferably, a fusion protein is produced by covalently linking two polypeptide segments or by standard procedures in the art of molecular biology. Recombinant DNA methods can be used to prepare fusion proteins, for example, by making a DNA construct which comprises coding sequences selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 in proper reading frame with nucleotides encoding the second polypeptide segment and expressing the DNA construct in a host cell, as is known in the art. Many kits for constructing fusion proteins are available from companies such as Promega Corporation (Madison, WI), Stratagene (La Jolla, CA), CLONTECH (Mountain View, CA), Santa Cruz
Biotechnology (Santa Cruz, CA), MBL International Corporation (MIC; Watertown, MA), and Quantum Biotechnologies (Montreal, Canada; 1-888-DNA-KITS).
Identification of species homologs
Species homologs of human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be obtained using prolylhydroxylase-like. polypeptide polynucleotides (described below) to make suitable probes or primers for screening cDNA expression libraries from other species, such as mice, monkeys, or yeast, identifying cDNAs which encode homologs of prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, and expressing the cDNAs as is known in the art.
Polynucleotides
A human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be single- or double-stranded and comprises a coding sequence or the complement of a coding sequence . for a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. A coding sequence for human prolylhydroxylase- like protein is shown in SEQ ID NO: 1.
Degenerate nucleotide sequences encoding human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides, as well as homologous nucleotide sequences which are at least about 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, preferably about 75, 90, 96, 98, or 99% identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 or its complement also are prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides. Percent sequence identity between the sequences of two polynucleotides is determined using computer programs such as ALIGN which employ the FASTA algorithm, using an affine gap search with a gap open penalty of -12 and a gap extension penalty of -2. Complementary DNA (cDNA) molecules, species homologs, and variants of prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides that encode biologically active prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides also are prolylhydroxylase- like polynucleotides. Polynucleotide fragments comprising at least 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 15, 20, or 25 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 1 or its complement also are prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides. These fragments can be used, for example, as hybridization probes or as antisense oligonucleotides.
Identification of polynucleotide variants and homologs
Variants and homologs of the prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides described above also are prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides. ' Typically, homologous prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide sequences can be identified by hybridization of candidate polynucleotides to known prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides under stringent conditions, as is known in the art. For example, using the following wash conditions~2X SSC (0.3 M NaCI, 0.03 M sodium citrate, pH 7.0), 0.1% SDS, room temperature twice, 30 minutes each; then 2X SSC, 0.1% SDS, 50°C once, 30 minutes; then 2X SSC, room temperature twice, 10 minutes each—homologous sequences can be identified which contain at most about 25-30% basepair mismatches. More preferably, homologous nucleic acid strands contain 15-25% basepair mismatches, even more preferably 5-15% basepair mismatches.
Species homologs of the prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides disclosed herein also can be identified by making suitable probes or primers and screening cDNA expression libraries from other species, such as mice, monkeys, or yeast. Human variants of prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides can be identified, for example, by screening human cDNA expression libraries. It is well known that the Tm of a double-stranded DNA decreases by 1-1.5°C with every 1% decrease in homology (Bonner et al., J. Mol. Biol. 81, 123 (1973). Variants of human prolylhydroxylase- like polynucleotides or prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides of other species can therefore be identified by hybridizing a putative homologous prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide with a polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or the complement thereof to form a test hybrid. The melting temperature of the test hybrid is compared with the melting temperature of a hybrid comprising polynucleotides having perfectly complementary nucleotide sequences, and the number or percent of basepair mismatches within the test hybrid is calculated.
Nucleotide sequences which hybridize to prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides or their complements following stringent hybridization and/or wash conditions also are prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides. Stringent wash conditions are well known and understood in the art and are disclosed, for example, in Sambrook et al.,
MOLECULAR CLONING: A LABORATORY MANUAL, 2d ed., 1989, at pages 9.50-9.51.
Typically, for stringent hybridization conditions a combination of temperature and salt concentration should be chosen that is approximately 12-20°C below the calcu- lated Tm of the hybrid under study. The Tm of a hybrid between a prolylhydroxylase- like polynucleotide having a nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 or the complement thereof and a polynucleotide sequence which is at least about 50, preferably about 75, 90, 96, or 98% identical to one of those nucleotide sequences can be calculated, for example, using the equation of Bolton and McCarthy, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 48, 1390 (1962):
Tm = 81.5°C - 16.6(log10[Na+]) + 0.41(%G + C) - 0.63(%formamide) - 600/1), where / = the length ofthe hybrid in basepairs. Stringent wash conditions include, for example, 4X SSC at 65°C, or 50% formamide, 4X SSC at 42°C, or 0.5X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65°C. Highly stringent wash conditions include, for example, 0.2X SSC at 65°C.
Preparation of polynucleotides
A human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be isolated free of other cellular components such as membrane components, proteins, and lipids. Polynucleotides can be made by a cell and isolated using standard nucleic acid purification techniques, or synthesized using an amplification technique, such as the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), or by using an automatic synthesizer. Methods for isolating polynucleotides are routine and are known in the art. Any such technique for obtaining a polynucleotide can be used to obtain isolated prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides. For example, restriction enzymes and probes can be used to isolate polynucleotide fragments, which comprise prolylhydroxylase-like protein nucleotide sequences. Isolated polynucleotides are in preparations that are free or at least 70, 80, or 90% free of other molecules.
Human' prolylhydroxylase-like cDNA molecules can be made with standard molecular biology techniques, using prolylhydroxylase-like mRNA as a template.
Human prolylhydroxylase-like cDNA molecules can thereafter be replicated using molecular biology techniques known in the art and disclosed in manuals such as Sambrook et al. (1989). An amplification technique, such as PCR, can be used to obtain additional copies of polynucleotides of the invention, using either human genomic DNA or cDNA as a template.
Alternatively, synthetic . chemistry techniques can be used to synthesize prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides. The degeneracy of the genetic code allows alternate nucleotide sequences to be synthesized which will encode a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide having, for example, an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2 or a biologically active variant thereof. Extending polynucleotides
Various PCR-based methods can be used to extend the nucleic acid sequences disclosed herein to detect upstream sequences such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, restriction-site PCR uses universal primers to retrieve unknown sequence adjacent to a known locus (Sarkar, PCR Methods Applic. 2, 318-322, 1993). Genomic DNA is first amplified in the presence of a primer to a linker sequence and a primer specific to the known region. The amplified sequences are then subjected to a second round of PCR with the same linker primer and another specific primer internal to the first one. Products of each round of PCR are transcribed with an appropriate RNA polymerase and sequenced using reverse transcriptase.
Inverse PCR also can be used to amplify or extend sequences using divergent primers based on a known region (Triglia et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 16, 8186, 1988). Primers can be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 Primer Analysis software (National Biosciences Inc., Plymouth, Minn.), to be 22-30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures about 68-72°C. The method uses several restriction enzymes to generate a suitable fragment in the known region of a gene. The fragment is then circularized by intramolecular ligation and used as a PCR template. Another method which can be used is capture PCR, which involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to a known sequence in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA (Lagerstrom et al., PCR Methods Applic. 1, 111-119,
1991). In this method, multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations also can be used to place an engineered double-stranded sequence into an unknown fragment ofthe DNA molecule before performing PCR.
Another method which can be used to retrieve unknown sequences is that of Parker et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 19, 3055-3060, 1991). Additionally, PCR, nested primers, and PROMOTERFINDER libraries (CLONTECH, Palo Alto, Calif.) can be used to walk genomic DNA (CLONTECH, Palo Alto, Calif). This process avoids the need to screen libraries and is useful in finding intron/exon junctions.
When screening for full-length cDNAs, it is preferable to use libraries that have been size-selected to include larger cDNAs. Randomly-primed libraries are preferable, in that they will contain more sequences which contain the 5' regions of genes. Use of a randomly primed library may be especially preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries can be useful for extension of sequence into 5 ' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
Commercially available capillary electrophoresis systems can be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of PCR or sequencing products. For example, capillary sequencing can employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different fluorescent dyes (one for each nucleotide) that are laser activated, and detection of the emitted wavelengths by a charge coupled device camera. Output/light intensity can be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g. GENOTYPER and Sequence NAVIGATOR, Perkin Elmer), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display can be computer controlled. Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for the sequencing of small pieces of DNA that might be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
Obtaining Polynucleotides
Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be obtained, for example, by purification from human cells, by expression of prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides, or by direct chemical synthesis. Protein purification
Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be purified from any human cell which expresses the receptor, including host cells which have been transfected with prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotides. A purified prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is separated from other compounds that normally associate with the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide in. the cell, such as certain proteins, carbohydrates, or lipids, using methods well-known in the art. Such methods include, but are not limited to, size exclusion chromatography, ammonium sulfate fractionation, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and preparative gel electrophoresis.
A preparation of purified prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides is at least 80% pure; preferably, the preparations are 90%, 95%, or 99% pure. Purity of the preparations can be assessed by any means known in the art, such as SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
Expression of polynucleotides
To express a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide, the polynucleotide can be inserted into an expression vector which contains the necessary elements for the transcription and translation of the inserted coding sequence. Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. Such techniques are described, for example, in Sambrook et al. (1989) and in Ausubel et al., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y.. 1989. A variety of expression vector/host systems can be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms, such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors, insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors
(e.g., baculovirus), plant cell systems transformed with virus expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids), or animal cell systems.
The control elements or regulatory sequences are those non-translated regions of the vector — enhancers, promoters, 5' and 3' untranslated regions — which interact with host cellular proteins to carry out transcription and translation. Such elements can vary in their strength and specificity. Depending on the vector system and host utilized, any number of suitable transcription and translation elements, including constitutive and inducible promoters, can be used. For example, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the BLUESCRIPT phagemid (Stratagene, LaJolla, Calif.) or pSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies) and the like can be used. The baculovirus polyhedrin promoter can be used in insect cells. Promoters or enhancers derived from the genomes of plant cells (e.g., heat shock, RUBISCO, and storage genes) or from plant viruses (e.g., viral promoters or leader sequences) can be cloned into the vector. In mammalian cell systems, promoters from mammalian genes or from mammalian viruses are preferable. If it is necessary to generate a cell line that contains multiple copies of a nucleotide sequence encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, vectors based on SV40 or EBV can be used with an appropriate selectable marker.
Bacterial and yeast expression systems
In bacterial systems, a number of expression vectors can be selected depending upon the use intended for the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. For example, when a large quantity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is needed for the induction of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of fusion proteins that are readily purified can be used. Such vectors include, but are not limited to, multifunctional E. coli cloning and expression vectors such as BLUESCRIPT (Stratagene). In a BLUESCRIPT vector, a sequence encoding the prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide can be ligated into the vector in frame with sequences for the amino-terminal Met and the subsequent 7 residues of β-galactosidase so that a hybrid protein is produced. pIN vectors (Van Heeke & Schuster, J Biol. Chem. 264, 5503-5509, 1989) or pGEX vectors (Promega, Madison, Wis.) also can be used to express foreign polypeptides as fusion proteins with glutathione S-transferase (GST). In general, such fusion proteins are soluble and can easily be purified from lysed cells by adsorption to glutathione-agarose beads followed by elution in the presence of free glutathione. Proteins made in such systems can be designed to include heparin, thrombin, or factor Xa protease cleavage sites so that the cloned polypeptide of interest can be released from the GST moiety at will.
In the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae, a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH can be used. For reviews, see Ausubel et al. (1989) and Grant et ah, Methods Enzymol. 153, 516-544, 1987.
Plant and insect expression systems
If plant expression vectors are used, the expression of sequences encoding prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be driven by any of a number of promoters. For example, viral promoters such as the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV can be used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, EMBO J. 6, 307-311, 1987). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters can be used (Coruzzi et al., EMBO J. 5,- 1671-1680, 1984; Broglie et al, Science 224, 838-843, 1984; Winter et al, Results Probl. Cell Differ. 17, 85-105, 1991). These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or by pathogen-mediated transfection. Such techniques are described in a number of generally available reviews (e.g., Hobbs or Murray, in MCGRAW HILL YEARBOOK OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, McGraw Hill, New York, N ., pp. 191-196, 1992).
An insect system also can be used to express a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. For example, in one such system Autographa californica nuclear poly- hedrosis virus (AcNPV) is used as a vector to express foreign genes in Spodoptera frugiperda cells or in Trichoplusia larvae. Sequences encoding prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptides can be cloned into a non-essential region of the virus, such as the polyhedrin gene, and placed under control of the polyhedrin promoter. Successful insertion of prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides will render the polyhedrin gene inactive and produce recombinant virus lacking coat protein. The recombinant viruses can then be used to infect S. frugiperda cells or Trichoplusia larvae in which prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be expressed (Engelhard et al, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 91, 3224-3227, 1994).
Mammalian expression systems
A number of viral-based expression systems can be used to express prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides in mammalian host cells. For example, if an adenoviras is used as an expression vector, sequences encoding prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptides can be ligated into an adenoviras transcription/translation complex comprising the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non- essential El or E3 region of the viral genome can be used to obtain a viable virus which is capable of expressing a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide in infected host cells (Logan & Shenk, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81, 3655-3659, 1984). If desired, transcription enhancers, such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, can be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells.
Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) also can be used to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained and expressed in a plasmid. HACs of 6M to 10M are constructed and delivered to cells via conventional delivery methods (e.g., liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles).
Specific initiation signals also can be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides. Such signals include the
ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences. In cases where sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, its initiation codon, and upstream sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous translational control signals (including the ATG initiation codon) should be provided.
The initiation codon should be in the correct reading frame to ensure translation of the entire insert. Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons can be of various origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression can be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers which are appropriate for the particular cell system which is used (see Scharf et al, Results Probl Cell Differ. 20, 125-162,
1994).
Host cells
A host cell strain can be chosen for its ability to modulate the expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation. Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" form of the polypeptide also can be used to facilitate correct insertion, folding and/or function. Different host cells that have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38) are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC; 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, VA 20110-2209) and can be chosen to ensure the conect modification and processing ofthe foreign protein. Stable expression is preferred for long-term, high-yield production of recombinant proteins. For example, cell lines which stably express prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be transformed using expression vectors which can contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells can be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched medium before they are switched to a selective medium. The purpose ofthe selectable marker is to confer resistance to selection, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells that successfully express the introduced prolylhydroxylase-like protein sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed cells can be proliferated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type. See, for example, ANIMAL CELL CULTURE, R.I. Freshney, ed., 1986.
Any number of selection systems can be used to recover transformed cell lines.
These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler et al, Cell 11, 223-32, 1977) and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy et al, Cell 22, 817-23, 1980) genes that can be employed in tk~ or aprf cells, respectively. Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection. For example, dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 77, 3567-70, 1980), npt confers resistance to the aminoglycosides, neomycin and G-418 (Colbere-Garapin et al, J. Mol. Biol. 150, 1-14, 1981), and als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively (Murray, 1992, supra). Additional selectable genes have been described. For example, trpB allows cells to utilize indole in place of tryptophan, or hisD, which allows cells to utilize histinol in place of histidine (Hartman & Mulligan, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 85, 8047-51, 1988). Visible markers such as anthocyanins, β-glucuronidase and its substrate GUS, and luciferase and its substrate luciferin, can be used to identify transformants and to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system
(Rhodes et al, Methods Mol. Biol. 55, 121-131, 1995). Detecting expression-
Although the presence of marker gene expression suggests that the prolylhydroxylase- like polynucleotide is also present, its presence and expression may need to be confirmed. For example, if a sequence encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing sequences which encode a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the prolylhydroxylase-Uke polynucleotide.
Alternatively, host cells which contain a human prolylhydroxylase-like poly- nucleotide and which express a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques that include membrane, solution, or chip-based technologies for the detection and or quantification of nucleic acid or protein. For example, the presence of a polynucleotide sequence encoding an prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be detected by DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridization or amplification using probes or fragments or fragments of polynucleotides encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. Nucleic acid amplification-based assays involve the use of oligonucleotides selected from sequences encoding an prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide to detect transformants which contain an prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide.
A variety of protocols for detecting and measuring the expression of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies specific for the polypeptide, are known in the art. Examples include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay using monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on a human prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide can be used, or a competitive binding assay can be employed. These and other assays are described in Hampton et al, SEROLOGICAL METHODS: A LABORATORY MANUAL, APS Press, St. Paul, Minn., 1990) and Maddox et al, J. Exp.
Med. 158, 1211-1216, 1983).
A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those skilled in the art and can be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides include oligolabeling, nick translation, end-labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide. Alternatively, sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and can be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of labeled nucleotides and an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6. These procedures can be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Promega, and US Biochemical). Suitable reporter molecules or labels which can be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, and fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
Expression and purification of polypeptides
Host cells transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide can be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of he protein from cell culture. The polypeptide produced by a transformed cell can be secreted or contained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of soluble prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane or which direct the membrane insertion of membrane-bound prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
As discussed above, other constractions can be used to join a sequence encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide to a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide domain which will facilitate purification of soluble proteins. Such purification facilitating domains include, but are not limited to, metal chelating peptides such as histidine-tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilized metals, protein A domains that allow purification on immobilized immuno globulin, and the domain utilized in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp., Seattle, Wash.). Inclusion of cleavable linker sequences such as those specific for Factor Xa or enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) between the purification domain and the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide also can be used to facilitate purification. One such expression vector provides for expression of- a fusion protein containing a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide and 6 histidine residues preceding a thioredoxin or an enterokinase cleavage site. The histidine residues facilitate purification by IMAC (immobilized metal ion affinity chromatography, as described in Porath et al, Prot. Exp. Purif. 3, 263-281, 1992), while the enterokinase cleavage site provides a means for purifying the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide from the fusion protein. Vectors that contain fusion proteins are disclosed in Kroll et al, DNA Cell Biol. 12, 441-453, 1993.
Chemical synthesis
Sequences encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the art (see Caruthers et al, Nucl. Acids Res. Symp. Ser. 215-223, 1980; Horn et al. Nucl. Acids Res. Symp. Ser. 225-232, 1980). Alternatively, a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide itself can be produced using chemical methods to synthesize its amino acid sequence, such as by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques (Merrifield, J Am. Chem. Soc. 85, 2149-2154, 1963; Roberge et al, Science 269, 202-204, 1995). Protein synthesis can be performed using manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis can be achieved, for example, using Applied Biosystems 431 A Peptide Synthesizer (Perkin Elmer). Optionally, fragments of prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptides can be separately synthesized and combined using chemical methods to produce a full-length molecule.
The newly synthesized peptide can be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography (e.g., Creighton, PROTEINS: STRUCTURES AND MOLECULAR PRINCIPLES, WH Freeman and Co., New York, N.Y., 1983). The composition of a synthetic prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be confirmed by amino acid analysis or sequencing (e.g., the Edman degradation procedure; see Creighton, supra). Additionally, any portion of the amino acid sequence of the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined using chemical methods with sequences from other proteins to produce a variant polypeptide or a fusion protein.
As will be Understood by those of skill in the art, it may be advantageous to produce prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide-encoding nucleotide sequences possessing non-naturally occurring codons. For example, codons preferred by a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host can be selected to increase the rate of protein expression or to produce an RNA transcript having desirable properties, such as a half-life which is longer than that of a transcript generated from the naturally occurring sequence.
The nucleotide sequences disclosed herein can be engineered using methods generally known in the art to alter prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide-encoding sequences for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to, alterations which modify the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the polypeptide or mRNA product. DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides can be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. For example, site-directed mutagenesis can be used to insert new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, introduce mutations, and so forth.
Antibodies
Any type of antibody known in the art can be generated to bind specifically to an epitope of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. "Antibody" as used herein includes intact immunoglobulin molecules, as well as fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv, which are capable of binding an epitope of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. Typically, at least 6, 8, 10, or 12 contiguous amino acids are required to form an epitope. However, epitopes which involve noncontiguous amino acids may require more, e.g., at least 15, 25, or 50 amino acids.
An antibody which specifically binds to an epitope of a human prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide can be used therapeutically, as well as in immunochemical assays, such as Western blots, ELISAs, radioimmunoassays, immunohistochemical assays, immunoprecipitations, or other immunochemical assays known in the art. Various immunoassays can be used to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiometric assays are well known in the art. Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between an immunogen and an antibody that specifically binds to the immunogen.
Typically, an antibody that specifically binds to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide provides a detection signal at least 5-, 10-, or 20-fold higher than a detection signal provided with other proteins when used in an immunochemical assay. Preferably, antibodies that specifically bind to prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides do not detect other proteins in immunochemical assays and can immunoprecipitate a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide from solution. Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides can be used to immunize a mammal, such as a mouse, rat, rabbit, guinea pig, monkey, or human, to produce polyclonal antibodies. If desired, a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be conjugated to a carrier protein, such as bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin. Depending on the host species, various adjuvants can be used to increase the immunological response. Such adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's adjuvant, mineral gels (e.g., aluminum hydroxide), and surface active substances (e.g. lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, keyhole limpet hemocyanin, and dinitrophenol). Among adjuvants used in humans, BCG (bacilli Calmette-Gue iή) and Cόrynebacterium parvum are especially useful.
Monoclonal antibodies that specifically bind to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These techniques include, but are not limited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique (Kohler et al, Nature 256, 495-497, 1985; Kozbor et al, J. Immunol. Methods 81, 31-42, 1985; Cote et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. SO, 2026-2030, 1983; Cole et al, Mol. Cell Biol. 62, 109-120, 1984).
In addition, techniques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies," the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used (Morrison et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81, 6851-6855, 1984; Neuberger et al, Nature 312, 604-608, 1984; Takeda et al, Nature 314, 452-454, 1985). Monoclonal and other antibodies also can be "humanized" to prevent a patient from mounting an immune response against the antibody when it is used therapeutically. Such antibodies may be sufficiently similar in sequence to human antibodies to be used directly in therapy or may require alteration of a few key residues. Sequence differences between rodent antibodies and human sequences can be minimized by replacing residues which differ from those in the human sequences by site directed mutagenesis of individual residues or by grating of entire complementarity determining regions. Alternatively, humanized antibodies can be produced using recombinant methods, as described in GB2188638B. Antibodies that specifically bind to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can contain antigen binding sites which are either partially or fully humanized, as disclosed in U.S. 5,565,332.
Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies can be adapted using methods known in the art to produce single chain antibodies that specifically bind to prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides. Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition, can be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobin libraries (Burton, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
55, 11120-23, 1991).
Single-chain antibodies also can be constructed using a DNA amplification method, such as PCR, using hybridoma cDNA as a template (Thirion et al, 1996, Eur. J. Cancer Prev. 5, 507-11). Single-chain antibodies can be mono- or bispecific, and can be bivalent or tetravalent. Construction of tetravalent, bispecific single-chain antibodies is taught, for example, in Coloma & Morrison, 1997, Nat. Biotechnol. 15, 159-63. Construction of bivalent, bispecific single-chain antibodies is taught in Mallender & Voss, 1994, J Biol. Chem. 269, 199-206.
A nucleotide sequence encoding a single-chain antibody can be constructed using manual or automated nucleotide synthesis, cloned into an expression construct using standard recombinant DNA methods, and introduced into a cell to express the coding sequence, as described below. Alternatively, single-chain antibodies can be pro- duced directly using, for example, filamentous phage technology (Verhaar et al,
1995, Int. J. Cancer 61, 497-501; Nicholls et al, 1993, J Immunol. Meth. 165, 81- 91).
Antibodies which specifically bind to prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides also can be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature (Orlandi et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 86, 3833-3837, 1989; Winter et al, Nature 349, 293-299, 1991).
Other types of antibodies can be constructed and used therapeutically in methods of the invention. For example, chimeric antibodies can be constracted as disclosed in
WO 93/03151. Binding proteins which are derived from immunoglobulms and which are multivalent and multispecific, such as the "diabodies" described in WO 94/13804, also can be prepared.
Antibodies according to the invention can be purified by methods well known in the art. For example, antibodies can be affinity purified by passage over a column to which a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is bound. The bound antibodies can then be eluted from the column using a buffer with a high salt concentration.
Antisense oligonucleotides
Antisense oligonucleotides are nucleotide sequences that are complementary to a specific DNA or RNA sequence. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary nucleotides combine with natural sequences produced by the cell to form complexes and block either transcription or translation. Preferably, an antisense oligonucleotide is at least 11 nucleotides in length, but can be at least 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 or more nucleotides long. Longer sequences also can be used. Antisense oligonucleotide molecules can be provided in a DNA construct and introduced into a cell as described above to decrease the level of prolylhydroxylase-like gene products in the cell.
Antisense oligonucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, or a combination of both. Oligonucleotides can be synthesized manually or by an automated synthesizer, by covalently linking the 5' end of one nucleotide with the 3' end of another nucleotide with non-phosphodiester internucleotide linkages such alkylphosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, alkylphosphonothioates, alkylphosphonates, phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, carbamates, acetamidate, carboxymethyl esters, carbonates, and phosphate triesters. See Brown, Meth. Mol. Biol. 20, 1-8, 1994; Sonveaux, Meth. Mol Biol. 26, 1-72, 1994; Uhlmann et al, Chem. Rev. 90, 543-583, 1990.
Modifications of prolylhydroxylase-like gene expression can be obtained by designing antisense oligonucleotides that will form duplexes to the control, 5', or regulatory regions of the prolylhydroxylase-like gene. Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between positions -10 and +10 from the start site, are preferred. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using "triple helix" base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or chaperons. Therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature (e.g., Gee et al, in Huber & Carr, MOLECULAR AND IMMUNOLOGIC APPROACHES, Futura Publishing Co., Mt. Kisco, N ., 1994). An antisense oligonucleotide also can be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
Precise complementarity is not required for successful complex formation between an antisense oligonucleotide and the complementary sequence of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide. Antisense oligonucleotides which comprise, for example, 2, 3, 4, or 5 or more stretches of contiguous nucleotides which are precisely complementary to an prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide, each separated by a stretch of contiguous nucleotides which are not complementary to adjacent prolylhydroxylase-like protein nucleotides, can provide sufficient targeting specificity for prolylhydroxylase-like mRNA. Preferably, each stretch of complementary contiguous nucleotides is at least 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 or more nucleotides in length. Non-complementary intervening sequences are preferably 1, 2, 3, or 4 nucleotides in length. One skilled in the art can easily use the calculated melting point of an antisense-sense pair to determine the degree of mismatching which will be tolerated between a particular antisense oligonucleotide and a particular prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide sequence.
Antisense oligonucleotides can be modified without affecting their ability to hybridize to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide. These modifications can be internal or at one or both ends of the antisense molecule. For example, internucleoside phosphate linkages can be modified by adding cholesteryl or diamine moieties with varying numbers of carbon residues between the amino groups and terminal ribose. Modified bases and/or sugars, such as arabinose instead of ribose, or a 3', 5 '-substituted oligonucleotide in which the 3' hydroxyl group or the 5' phosphate group are substituted, also can be employed in a modified antisense oligonucleotide. These modified oligonucleotides can be prepared by methods well known in the art. See, e.g., Agrawal et al, Trends Biotechnol. 10, 152-158, 1992;
Uhlmann et al, Chem. Rev. 90, 543-584, 1990; Uhlmann et al, Tetrahedron. Lett. 215, 3539-3542, 1987.
Ribozymes
Ribozymes are RNA molecules with catalytic activity. See, e.g, Cech, Science 236, 1532-1539; 1987; Cech, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 59, 543-568; 1990, Cech, Curr. Opin.
Struct. Biol. 2, 605-609; 1992, Couture & Stinchcomb, Trends Genet. 12, 510-515, 1996. Ribozymes can be used to inhibit gene function by cleaving an RNA sequence, as is known in the art (e.g., Haseloff et al, U.S. Patent 5,641,673). The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. '
Examples include engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules that can specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of specific nucleotide sequences.
The coding sequence of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be used to generate ribozymes that will specifically bind to mRNA transcribed from the prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide. Methods of designing' and constructing ribozymes which can cleave other RNA molecules in trans in a highly sequence specific manner have been developed and described in the art (see Haseloff et al. Nature 334, 585-591, 1988). For example, the cleavage activity of ribozymes can be targeted to specific RNAs by engineering a discrete "hybridization" region into the ribozyme. The hybridization region contains a sequence complementary to the target RNA and thus specifically hybridizes with the target (see, for example, Gerlach et al, EP 321,201).
Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein
RNA target can be identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites which include the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC. Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides corresponding to the region of the target RNA containing the cleavage site can be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the target inoperable. Suitability of candidate prolylhydroxylase-like protein RNA targets also can be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays. Longer complementary sequences can be used to increase the affinity ofthe hybridization sequence for the target. The hybridizing and cleavage regions ofthe ribozyme can be integrally related such that upon hybridizing to the target RNA through the complementary regions, the catalytic region of the ribozyme can cleave the target.
Ribozymes can be introduced into cells as part of a DNA construct. Mechanical methods, such as microinjection, liposome-mediated transfection, electroporation, or calcium phosphate precipitation, can be used to introduce a ribozyme-containing DNA construct into cells in which it is desired to decrease prolylhydroxylase-like protein expression. Alternatively, if it is desired that the cells stably retain the DNA construct, the construct can be supplied on a plasmid and maintained as a separate element or integrated into the genome of the cells, as is known in the art. A ribozyme-encoding DNA construct can include transcriptional regulatory elements, such as a promoter element, an enhancer or UAS element, and a transcriptional terminator signal, for controlling transcription of ribozymes in the cells.
As taught in Haseloff et al, U.S. Patent 5,641,673, ribozymes can be engineered so that ribozyme expression will occur in response to factors that induce expression of a target gene. Ribozymes also can be engineered to provide an additional level of regulation, so that destruction of mRNA occurs only when both a ribozyme and a target gene are induced in the cells.
Differentially expressed genes
Described herein are methods for the identification of genes whose products interact with human prolylhydroxylase-like protein. Such genes may represent genes that are differentially expressed in disorders including, but not limited to, cancer, cardio- vascular disorders, COPD, asthma, genitourinary disorders, and CNS disorders.
Further, such genes may represent genes that are differentially regulated in response to manipulations relevant to the progression or treatment of such diseases. Additionally, such genes may have a temporally modulated expression, increased or decreased at different stages of tissue or organism development. A differentially expressed gene may also have its expression modulated under control versus experimental conditions. In addition, the human prolylhydroxylase-like gene or gene product may itself be tested for differential expression.
The degree to which expression differs in a normal versus a diseased state need only be large enough to be visualized via standard characterization techniques such as differential display techniques. Other such standard characterization techniques by which expression differences may be visualized include but are not limited to, quantitative RT (reverse transcriptase), PCR, and Northern analysis.
To identify differentially expressed genes total RNA or, preferably, mRNA is isolated from tissues of interest. For example, RNA samples are obtained from tissues of experimental subjects and from corresponding tissues of control subjects. Any RNA isolation technique that does not select against the isolation of mRNA may be utilized for the purification of such RNA samples. See, for example, Ausubel et al., ed., CURRENT PROTOCOLS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, 1987-1993. Large numbers of tissue samples may readily be processed using techniques well known to those of skill in the art, such as, for example, the single-step RNA isolation process of Chomczynski, U.S. Patent 4,843,155.
Transcripts within the collected RNA samples that represent RNA produced by differentially expressed genes are identified by methods well known to those of skill in the art. They include, for example, differential screening (Tedder et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85, 208-12, 1988), subrractive hybridization (Hedrick et al, Nature 308, 149-53; Lee et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 88, 2825, 1984), and, preferably, differential display (Liang & Pardee, Science 257, 967-71, 1992; U.S. Patent 5,262,311).
The differential expression information may itself suggest relevant methods for the treatment of disorders involving the human prolylhydroxylase-like protein. For example, treatment may include a modulation of expression of the differentially expressed genes and/or the gene encoding the human prolylhydroxylase-like protein.
The differential expression information may indicate whether the expression or activity of the differentially expressed gene or gene product or the human prolylhydroxylase-like gene or gene product are up-regulated or down-regulated.
Screening methods
The invention provides assays for screening test compounds that bind to or modulate the activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide or a human prolylhydroxylase- like polynucleotide. A test compound preferably binds to a human prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide or polynucleotide. More preferably, a test compound decreases or increases enzymatic activity by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% relative to the absence ofthe test compound.
Test compounds
Test compounds can be pharmacologic agents already known in the art or can be compounds previously unknown to have any pharmacological activity. The compounds can be naturally occurring or designed in the laboratory. They can be isolated from microorganisms, animals, or plants, and can be produced re- combinantly, or synthesized by chemical methods known in the art. If desired, test compounds can be obtained using any of the numerous combinatorial library methods known in the art, including but not limited to, biological libraries, spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries, synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution, the "one-bead one-compound" library method, and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library approach is limited to polypeptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to polypeptide, non-peptide oligomer, or small -molecule libraries of compounds. See Lam, Anticancer Drug Des. 12, 145, 1997.
Methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries are well known in the art (see, for example, DeWitt et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90, 6909, 1993; Erb et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 91, 11422, 1994; Zuckermann et al, J. Med. Chem. 37, 2678, 1994; Cho et al, Science 261, 1303, 1993; Carell et al, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl 33, 2059, 1994; Carell et al, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33, 2061; Gallop et al, J. Med. Chem. 37, 1233, 1994). Libraries of compounds can be presented in solution
(see, e.g., Houghten, BioTechniques 13, 412-421, 1992), or on beads (Lam, Nature 354, 82-84, 1991), chips (Fodor, Nαtwre 364, 555-556, 1993), bacteria or spores (Ladner, U.S. Patent 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89, 1865-1869, 1992), or phage (Scott & Smith, Science 249, 386-390, 1990; Devlin, Science 249, 404-406, 1990); Cwirla et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 97, 6378-6382,
1990; Felici, J. Mol. Biol. 222, 301-310, 1991; and Ladner, U.S. Patent 5,223,409). High throughput screening
Test compounds can be screened for the ability to bind to prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides or polynucleotides or to affect prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity or prolylhydroxylase-like gene expression using high throughput screening. Using high throughput screening, many discrete compounds can be tested in parallel so that large numbers of test compounds can be quickly screened. The most widely established techniques utilize 96-well microtiter plates. The wells of the microtiter plates typically require assay volumes that range from 50 to 500 μl. In addition to the plates, many instruments, materials, pipettors, robotics, plate washers, and plate readers are commercially available to fit the 96-well format.
Alternatively, "free format assays," or assays that have no physical barrier between samples, can be used. For example, an assay using pigment cells (melanocytes) in a simple homogeneous assay for combinatorial peptide libraries is described by Jayawickreme et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 19, 1614-18 (1994). The cells are placed under agarose in perri dishes, then beads that carry combinatorial compounds are placed on the surface of the agarose. The combinatorial compounds are partially released the compounds from the beads. Active compounds can be visualized as dark pigment areas because, as the compounds diffuse locally into the gel matrix, the active compounds cause the cells to change colors.
Another example of a free format assay is described by Chelsky, "Strategies for Screening Combinatorial Libraries: Novel and Traditional Approaches," reported at the First Annual Conference of The Society for Biomolecular Screening in Philadelphia, Pa. (Nov. 7-10, 1995). Chelsky placed a simple homogenous enzyme assay for carbonic anhydrase inside an agarose gel such that the enzyme in the gel would cause a color change throughout the gel. Thereafter, beads carrying combinatorial compounds via a photolinker were placed inside the gel and the compounds were partially released by UV-light. Compounds that inhibited the enzyme were observed as local zones of inhibition having less color change.
Yet another example is described by Salmon et al, Molecular Diversity 2, 57-63 (1996). In this example, combinatorial libraries were screened for compounds that had cytotoxic effects on cancer cells growing in agar.
Another high throughput screening method is described in Beutel et al, U.S. Patent 5,976,813. In this method, test samples are placed in a porous matrix. One or more assay components are then placed within, on top of, or at the bottom of a matrix such as a gel, a plastic sheet, a filter, or other form of easily manipulated solid support. When samples are introduced to the porous matrix they diffuse sufficiently slowly, such that the assays can be performed without the test samples running together.
Binding assays
For binding assays, the test compound is preferably a small molecule that binds to and occupies, for example, the active site of the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, such that normal biological activity is prevented. Examples of such small molecules include, but are not limited to, small peptides or peptide-like molecules.
In binding assays, either the test compound or the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can comprise a detectable label, such as a fluorescent, radioisotopic, chemiluminescent, or enzymatic label, such as horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase. Detection of a test compound that is bound to the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can then be accomplished, for example, by direct counting of radioemmission, by scintillation counting, or by deterrnining conversion of an appropriate substrate to a detectable product.
Alternatively, binding of a test compound to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be determined without labeling either ofthe interactants. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect binding of a test compound with a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. A microphysiometer (e.g., Cytosensor™) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a test compound and a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide (McConnell et al, Science 257, 1906-1912, 1992).
Determining the ability of a test compound to bind to a human prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide also can be accomplished using a technology such as real-time
Bimolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) (Sjolander & Urbaniczky, Anal. Chem. 63, 2338-2345, 1991, and Szabo et al, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5, 699-705, 1995). BIA is a technology for studying biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore™). Changes in the optical phenomenon surface plasmon resonance (SPR) can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.
In yet another aspect of the invention, a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be used as a "bait protein" in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Patent 5,283,317; Zervos et al, Cell 72, 223-232, 1993; Madura et al, J. Biol.
Chem. 268, 12046-12054, 1993; Bartel et al, BioTechniques 14, 920-924, 1993; Iwabuchi et al, Oncogene 8, 1693-1696, 1993; and Brent W094/10300), to identify other proteins which bind to or interact with the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide and modulate its activity.
The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. For example, in one construct, polynucleotide encoding a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be fused to a poly- nucleotide encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g.,
GAL-4). In the other construct a DNA sequence that encodes an unidentified protein ("prey" or "sample") can be fused to a polynucleotide that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. If the "bait" and the "prey" proteins are able to interact in vivo to form an protein-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ), which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected, and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the DNA sequence encoding the protein that interacts with the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
It may be desirable to immobilize either the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or the test compound to facilitate separation of bound from unbound forms of one or both ofthe interactants, as well as to accommodate automation ofthe assay. Thus, either the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or the test compound can be bound to a solid support. Suitable solid supports include, but are not limited to, glass or plastic slides, tissue culture plates, microtiter wells, tubes, silicon chips, or particles such as beads (including, but not limited to, latex, polystyrene, or glass beads). Any method known in the art can be used to attach the polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound to a solid support, including use of covalent and non-covalent linkages, passive absorption, or pairs of binding moieties attached respectively to the polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or test compound and the solid support. Test compounds are preferably bound to the solid support in an array, so that the location of individual test compounds can be tracked. Binding of a test compound to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide (or polynucleotide) can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and microcentrifuge tubes.
In one embodiment, the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is a fusion protein comprising a domain that allows the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide to be bound to a solid support. For example, glutathione-S-transferase fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and the non-adsorbed prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide; the mixture is then incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components.
Binding of the interactants can be determined either, directly or indirectly, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the solid support before binding is determined.
Other techniques for immobilizing proteins or polynucleotides on a solid support also can be used in the screening assays of the invention. For example, either a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide (or polynucleotide) or a test compound can be immobilized utilizing conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides (or polynucleotides) or test compounds can be prepared from biotin-NHS(N- hydroxysuccmimide) using techniques well known in the art (e.g. , biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, 111.) and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical). Alternatively, antibodies which specifically bind to a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, polynucleotide, or a test compound, but which do not interfere with a desired binding site, such as the active site of the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, can be derivatized to the wells of the plate. Unbound target or protein can be trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation.
Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes . using antibodies which specifically bind to the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide or test compound, enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an activity of the prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, and SDS gel electrophoresis under non-reducing conditions. Screening for test compounds which bind to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide or polynucleotide also can be carried out in an intact cell. Any cell which comprises a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide or polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system. A prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above. Binding of the test compound to a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide or polynucleotide is determined as described above.
Enzymatic activity
Test compounds can be tested for the ability to increase or decrease the enzymatic activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide. Enzymatic activity can be measured, for example, as described in Kivirikko, K. I., Myllyla, T. (1982) Methods Enzymol. 82, 245-304, or Cuncliffe, C. J., Franklin, T. J., Gaskell, R. M. (1986) Biochem. J. 240, 617-619.
Enzyme assays can be carried out after contacting either a purified prolylhydroxylase- like polypeptide, a cell membrane preparation, or an intact cell with a test compound. A test compound that decreases enzymatic activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or
100% is identified as a potential therapeutic agent for decreasing prolylhydroxylase- like protein activity. A test compound which increases enzymatic activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% is identified as a potential therapeutic agent for increasing human prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity.
Gene expression
In another embodiment, test compounds that increase or decrease prolylhydroxylase- like gene expression are identified. A prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide is contacted with a test compound, and the expression of an RNA or polypeptide product of the prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide is determined. The level of expression of appropriate mRNA or polypeptide in the presence ofthe test compound is compared to the level of expression of mRNA or polypeptide in the absence of the test compound. The test compound can then be identified as a modulator of expression based on this comparison. For example, when expression of mRNA or polypeptide is greater in the presence of the test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as a stimulator or enhancer of the mRNA or polypeptide expression. Alternatively, when expression of the mRNA or polypeptide is less in the presence ofthe test compound than in its absence, the test compound is identified as an inhibitor of the mRNA or polypeptide expression.
The level of prolylhydroxylase-like mRNA or polypeptide expression in the cells can be determined by methods well known in the art for detecting mRNA or polypeptide. Either qualitative or quantitative methods can be used. The presence of polypeptide products of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be determined, for example, using a variety of techniques known in the art, including immunochemical methods such as radioimmunoassay, Western blotting, and immunohistochemistry. Alternatively, polypeptide synthesis can be determined in vivo, in a cell culture, or in an in vitro translation system by detecting incorporation of labeled amino acids into a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
Such screening can be carried out either in a cell-free assay system or in an intact cell. Any cell that expresses a human prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be used in a cell-based assay system. The prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide can be naturally occurring in the cell or can be introduced using techniques such as those described above. Either a primary culture or an established cell line, such as CHO or human embryonic kidney 293 cells, can be used. Pharmaceuiical compositions
The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions that can be administered to a patient to achieve a therapeutic effect. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can comprise, for example, a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, prolylhydroxylase-like polynucleotide, ribozymes or antisense oligonucleotides, antibodies which specifically bind to a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, or mimetics, activators, or inhibitors of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide activity. The compositions can.be administered alone or in combination with at least one other agent, such as stabilizing compound, which can be administered in any sterile, biocompatible pharmaceutical carrier, including, but not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, and water. The compositions can be administered to a patient alone, or in combination with other agents, drags or hormones.
In addition to the active ingredients, these pharmaceutical compositions can contain suitable pharrnaceutically-acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries that facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, parenteral, topical, sublingual, or rectal means. Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration can be formulated using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art in dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers enable the pharmaceutical compositions to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for ingestion by the patient.
Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained through combination of active compounds with solid excipient, optionally grinding a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture of granules, after adding suitable auxiliaries, if desired, to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable excipients are carbohydrate or protein fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, or sorbitol; starch from corn, wheat, rice, potato, or other plants; cellulose, such as methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; gums including arabic and tragacanth; and proteins such as gelatin and collagen. If desired, disintegrating or solubilizing agents can be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, alginic acid, or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
Dragee cores can be used in conjunction with suitable coatings, such as concentrated sugar solutions, which also can contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments can be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for product identification or to characterize the quantity of active compound, i.e., dosage.
Pharmaceutical preparations that can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a coating, such as glycerol or sorbitol. Push-fit capsules can contain active ingredients mixed with a filler or binders, such as lactose or starches, lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds can be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid, or liquid polyethylene glycol with or without stabilizers.
Pharmaceutical formulations suitable for parenteral administration can be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer's solution, or physiologically buffered saline. Aqueous injection suspensions can contain substances that increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds can be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate or triglycerides, or liposomes. Non-lipid polycationic amino polymers also can be used for delivery. Optionally, the suspension also can contain suitable stabilizers or agents that increase the solubility of the compounds to allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. For topical or nasal administration, penetrants appropriate to the particular barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be manufactured in a manner that is known in the art, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilizing processes. The pharmaceutical composition can be provided as a salt and can be formed with many acids, including but not limited to, hydrochloric, sulfuric, acetic, lactic, tartaric, malic, succinic, etc. Salts tend to be more soluble in aqueous or other protonic solvents than are the corresponding free base forms. In other cases, the prefened preparation can be a lyophilized powder which can contain any or all of the following: 1-50 mM histidine, 0.1%-2% sucrose, and 2-7% mannitol, at a pH range of 4.5 to 5.5, that is combined with buffer prior to use.
Further details on techniques for formulation and administration can be found in the latest edition of REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES (Maack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.). After pharmaceutical compositions have been prepared, they can be placed in an appropriate container and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition. Such labeling would include amount, frequency, and method of administration.
Therapeutic indications and methods .
Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein can be regulated to treat cancer, cardiovascular disorders, COPD, asthma, genitourinary disorders, and CNS disorders. Central Nervous System (CNS) Disorders
The novel human prolyl hydroxylase of the invention is highly expressed in the following brain tissues: postcentral gyrus, spinal cord, corpus callosum, neuro- blastema SK-N-MC cells, retina, hippocampus, Alzheimer brain frontal lobe. The expression in brain tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue (Alzheimer brain frontal lobe) and healthy tissue (frontal lobe) demonstrates that the novel human prolyl hydroxylase or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose nervous system diseases. Additionally the activity of the novel human prolyl hydroxylase can be modulated to treat nervous system diseases.
CNS disorders include disorders ofthe central nervous system as well as disorders of the peripheral nervous system. CNS disorders include, but are not limited to, brain injuries, cerebrovascular diseases and their consequences, Parkinson's disease, corticobasal degeneration, motor neuron disease (including ALS), multiple sclerosis, traumatic brain injury, stroke, post-stroke, post-traumatic brain injury, and small- vessel cerebrovascular disease. Dementias, such as Alzheimer's disease, vascular dementia, dementia with Lewy bodies, frontotemporal dementia and Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, frontotemporal dementias (including Pick's disease), progressive nuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, Huntington's disease, thalamic degeneration, Creutzfeld- Jakob dementia, HIV dementia, schizophrenia with dementia, and Korsakoff s psychosis, also are CNS disorders.
Similarly, cognitive-related disorders, such as. mild cognitive impairment, age- associated memory impairment, age-related cognitive decline, vascular cognitive impairment, attention deficit disorders, attention deficit hyperactivity disorders, and memory disturbances in children with learning disabilities also are considered to be CNS disorders.
Pain, within the meaning of the invention, is also considered to be a CNS disorder.
Pain can be associated with CNS disorders, such as multiple sclerosis, spinal cord injury, sciatica, failed back surgery syndrome, traumatic brain injury, epilepsy, Parkinson's disease, post-stroke, and vascular lesions in the brain and spinal cord (e.g., infarct, hemorrhage, vascular malformation). Non-central neuropathic pain includes that associated with post mastectomy pain, phantom feeling, reflex sympathetic dystrophy (RSD), trigeminal neuralgiaradioculopathy, post-surgical pain, HIV/AIDS related pain, cancer pain, metabolic neuropathies (e.g., diabetic neuropathy, vasculitic neuropathy secondary to connective tissue disease), paraneo- plastic polyneuropathy associated, for example, with carcinoma of lung, or leukemia, or lymphoma, or carcinoma of prostate, colon or stomach, trigeminal neuralgia, cranial neuralgias, and post-herpetic neuralgia. Pain is also associated with peripheral nerve damage, central pain (e.g., due to cerebral ischemia) and various chronic pain (e.g., lumbago, back pain (low back pain), inflammatory and/or rheumatic pain. Headache pain (for example, migraine with aura, migraine without aura, and other migraine disorders), episodic and chronic tension-type headache, tension-type like headache, cluster headache, and chronic paroxysmal hemicrania also are CNS disorders. Visceral pain, such as pancreatits, intestinal cystitis, dysmenorehea, irritable Bowel syndrome, Crohn's disease, biliary colic, ureteral colic, myocardial infarction and pain syndromes of the pelvic cavity, e.g., vulvodynia, orchialgia, urethral syndrome and protatodynia also is a CNS disorder. Also considered to be disorders of the nervous system are acute pain, for example postoperative pain, and pain after trauma.
Cardiovascular Disorders
The novel human prolyl hydroxylase is highly expressed in the following cardiovascular related tissues: aorta, heart atrium (right), kidney, and fetal kidney. Expression in the above mentioned tissues demonstrates that the novel human prolyl hydroxylase or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of cardiovascular diseases. Additionally the activity ofthe novel human prolyl hydroxylase can be modulated to treat cardiovascular diseases. Cardiovascular diseases include the following disorders of the heart and the vascular system: congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, ischemic diseases of the heart, all kinds of atrial and ventricular arrhythmias, hypertensive vascular diseases, and peripheral vascular diseases.
Heart failure is defined as a pathophysiologic state in which an abnormality of cardiac function is responsible for the failure of the heart to pump blood at a rate commensurate with the requirement of the metabolizing tissue. It includes all forms of pumping failure, such as high-output and low-output, acute and chronic, right- sided or left-sided, systolic or diastolic, independent ofthe underlying cause.
Myocardial infarction (MI) is generally caused by an abrupt decrease in coronary blood flow that follows a thrombotic occlusion of a coronary artery previously narrowed by arteriosclerosis. MI prophylaxis (primary and secondary prevention) is included, as well as the acute treatment of MI and the prevention of complications.
Ischemic diseases are conditions in which the coronary flow is restricted resulting in a perfusion which inadequate to meet the myocardial requirement for oxygen. This group of diseases includes stable angina, unstable angina, and asymptomatic ischemia.
Arrhythmias include all forms of atrial and ventricular tachyarrhythmias (atrial tachycardia, atrial flutter, atrial fibrillation, atrio-ventricular reentrant tachycardia, preexcitation syndrome, ventricular tachycardia, ventricular flutter, and ventricular fibrillation), as well as bradycardic forms of arrhythmias.
Vascular diseases include primary as well as all kinds of secondary arterial hypertension (renal, endocrine, neuro genie, others). The disclosed gene and its product may be used as drag targets for the treatment of hypertension as well as for the prevention of all complications. Peripheral vascular diseases are defined as vascular diseases in which arterial and/or venous flow is reduced resulting in an imbalance between blood supply and tissue oxygen demand. It includes chronic peripheral arterial occlusive disease (PAOD), acute arterial thrombosis and embolism, inflammatory vascular disorders, Raynaud's phenomenon, and venous disorders.
COPDI Asthma
The novel human prolyl hydroxylase is highly expressed in the following tissues of the respiratory system: fetal lung fibroblast cells, fetal lung, and lung. The expression in the above mentioned tissues demonstrates that the novel human prolyl hydroxylase or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of COPD/ Asthma. Additionally the activity of the novel human prolyl hydroxylase can be modulated to treat those diseases.
Allergy is a complex process in which environmental antigens induce clinically adverse reactions. Asthma can be understood as an basically allergic disease of the lung and its tissues. The asthma inducing antigens, called allergens, typically elicit a specific IgE response and, although in most cases the allergens themselves have little or no intrinsic toxicity, they induce pathology when the IgE response in turn elicits an IgE-dependent or T cell-dependent hypersensitivity reaction. Hypersensitivity reactions can be local or systemic and typically occur within minutes after allergen exposure in individuals who have previously been sensitized to the respective allergen. The hypersensitivity reaction of allergy develops when the allergen is recognized by IgE antibodies bound to specific receptors on the surface of effector cells, such as mast cells, basophils, or eosinophils, which causes the activation ofthe effector cells and the release of mediators that produce the acute signs and symptoms ofthe reactions. Allergic diseases include asthma, allergic rhinitis (hay fever), atopic dermatitis, and anaphylaxis.
Asthma is though to arise as a result of interactions between multiple genetic and environmental factors and is characterized by three major features: 1) intermittent and reversible airway obstruction caused by bronchoconstriction, increased mucus production, and thickening ofthe walls ofthe airways that leads to a narrowing ofthe airways, 2) airway hypenesponsiveness, and 3) airway inflammation. Certain cells are critical to the inflammatory reaction of asthma and they include T cells and antigen presenting cells, B cells that produce IgE, and mast cells, basophils, eosinophils, and other cells that bind IgE. These effector cells accumulate at the site of allergic reaction in the airways and release toxic products that contribute to the acute pathology and eventually to tissue destruction related to the disorder. Other resident cells, such as smooth muscle cells, lung epithelial cells, mucus-producing cells, and nerve cells may also be abnormal in individuals with asthma and may contribute to its pathology. While the airway obstruction of asthma, presenting clinically as an intermittent wheeze and shortness of breath, is generally the most pressing symptom of the disease requiring immediate treatment, the inflammation and tissue destruction associated with the disease can lead to irreversible changes that eventually makes asthma a chronic and disabling disorder requiring long-term management.
Despite recent important advances in our understanding of the pathophysiology of allergies and asthma, they appear to be increasing in prevalence and severity [Cawkwell et al (1993)]. It is estimated that 30-40% of the population suffer with atopic allergy, and 15% of children and 5% of adults in the population suffer from asthma. Thus, an enormous burden is placed on our health care resources. However, both diagnosis and treatment of asthma are difficult. The severity of lung tissue inflammation is not easy to measure and the symptoms of the disease are often indistinguishable from those of respiratory infections, chronic respiratory inflammatory disorders, allergic rhinitis, or other respiratory disorders. Often, the inciting allergen cannot be determined, making removal ofthe causative environmental agent difficult.
Current pharmacological treatments suffer their own set of disadvantages.
Commonly used therapeutic agents, such as beta agonists, can act as symptom relievers to transiently improve pulmonary function, but do not affect the underlying inflammation. Agents that can reduce the underlying inflammation, such as anti- inflammatory steroids, may have major drawbacks which range from immunosuppression to bone loss. In addition, many of the present therapies, such as inhaled corticosteroids, are short-lasting, inconvenient to use, and must be used often on a regular, in some cases lifelong basis, making failure of patients to comply with the treatment a major problem and thereby reducing their effectiveness as a treatment. Because ofthe problems associated with conventional therapies, alternative treatment strategies have been evaluated. Glycophorin A, cyclosporin and a nonapeptide fragment of IL-2 all inhibit interleukin-2 dependent T lymphocyte proliferation; however, they are known to have many other effects. For example, cyclosporin is used as a immunosuppressant after organ transplantation. While these agents may represent alternatives to steroids in the treatment of asthmatics, they inhibit interleukin-2 dependent T lymphocyte proliferation and potentially critical immune functions associated with homeostasis. Other treatments that block the release or activity of mediators of bronchoconstriction, such as cromones or anti-leukotrienes, have recently been introduced for the treatment of mild asthma, but they are expensive and not effective in all patients and it is unclear whether they affect the chronic changes associated with asthmatic inflammation at all. What is needed in the art is the identification of a treatment that can act on pathways critical to the development of asthma and that both blocks the episodic attacks of the disorder and which dampens the hyperactive allergic immune response without immuno- compromising the patient. .
Chronic obstructive pulmonary (or airways) disease (COPD) is a condition defined physiologically as airflow obstruction that generally results from a mixture of emphysema and peripheral airway obstruction due to chronic bronchitis [Botstein et al. (1980)]. Emphysema is characterized by destruction of alveolar walls leading to abnormal enlargement of the air spaces of the lung. Chronic bronchitis is defined clinically as the presence of chronic productive cough for three months in each of two successive years. In COPD, airflow obstruction is usually progressive and is only partially reversible. By far the most important risk factor for development of COPD is cigarette smoking, although the disease does also occur in non-smokers.
Chronic inflammation of the airways is a key pathological feature of COPD. The inflammatory cell population comprises increased numbers of macrophages, neutrophils and CD8+ lymphocytes. Inhaled irritants such as cigarette smoke activate macrophages resident in the respiratory tract as well as epithelial cells leading, to release of chemokines (e.g., interleukin- 8) and other chemotactic factors which act to increase the neutrophil/monocyte trafficking from the blood into lung ' tissue and airways. Neutrophils and monocytes recruited into the airways can release a variety of potentially damaging mediators such as proteolytic enzymes and reactive oxygen species. Matrix degradation and emphysema, along with airway wall thickening, surfactant dysfunction and mucus hypersecretion are all potential sequelae of this inflammatory response that lead to impaired airflow and gas exchange.
Genitourinary disorders
The novel human prolyl hydroxylase is highly expressed in the following tissues of the genitourinary system: prostate, uterus, bladder, and prostate BPH. The expression in the above mentioned tissues and in particular the differential expression between diseased tissue prostate BPH and healthy tissue prostate demonstrates that the novel human prolyl hydroxylase or mRNA can be utilized to diagnose of genitourinary disorders. Additionally the activity of the novel human prolyl hydroxylase can be modulated to treat genitourinary disorders.
Genitourological disorders comprise benign and malign disorders of the organs constituting the genitourological system of female and male, renal diseases such as acute or chronic renal failure, immunologically mediated renal diseases such as renal transplant rejection, lupus nephritis, immune complex renal diseases, glomerulo- pathies, nephritis, toxic nephropathy, obstructive uropathies such as benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), neurogenic bladder syndrome, urinary incontinence such as urge-, stress-, or overflow incontinence, pelvic pain, and erectile dysfunction.
Cancer
Cancer is a disease fundamentally caused by oncogenic cellular transformation. There are several hallmarks of transformed cells that distinguish them from their normal counterparts and underlie the pathophysiology of cancer. These include uncontrolled cellular proliferation, unresponsiveness to normal death-inducing signals (immortalization), increased cellular motility and invasiveness, increased ability to recruit blood supply through induction of new blood vessel formation (angiogenesis), genetic instability, and dysregulated gene expression. Various combinations of these abenant physiologies, along with the acquisition of drag-resistance frequently lead to an intractable disease state in which organ failure and patient death ultimately ensue.
Most standard cancer therapies target cellular proliferation and rely on the differential proliferative capacities between transformed and normal cells for their efficacy. This approach is hindered by the facts that several important normal cell types are also highly proliferative and that cancer cells frequently become resistant to these agents. Thus, the therapeutic indices for traditional anti-cancer therapies rarely exceed 2.0.
The advent of genomics-driven molecular target identification has opened up the possibility of identifying new cancer-specific targets for therapeutic intervention that . will provide safer, more effective treatments for cancer patients. Thus, newly discovered tumor-associated genes and their products can be tested for their role(s) in disease and used as tools to discover and develop innovative therapies. Genes playing important roles in any of the physiological processes outlined above can be characterized as cancer targets. Genes or gene fragments identified through genomics can readily be expressed in one or more heterologous expression systems to produce functional recombinant proteins. These proteins are characterized in vitro for their biochemical properties and then used as tools in high-throughput molecular screening programs to identify chemical modulators of their biochemical activities. Agonists and/or antagonists of target protein activity can be identified in this manner and subsequently tested in cellular and in vivo disease models for anti-cancer activity. Optimization of lead compounds with iterative testing in biological models and detailed pharmacokinetic and toxicological analyses form the basis for drug development and subsequent testing in humans.
This invention further pertains to the use of novel agents identified by the screening assays described above. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to use a test compound identified as described herein in an appropriate animal model. For example, an agent identified as described herein (e.g., a modulating agent, an antisense nucleic acid molecule, a specific antibody, ribozyme, or a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide binding molecule) can be used in an animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, or side effects of treatment with such an agent. Alternatively, an agent identified as described herein can be used in an animal model to determine the mechanism of action of such an agent. Furthermore, this invention pertains to uses of novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays for treatments as described herein.
A reagent which affects prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity can be administered to a human cell, either in vitro or in vivo, to reduce prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity. The reagent preferably binds to an expression product of a human prolylhydroxylase-like gene. If the expression product is a protein, the reagent is preferably an antibody. For treatment of human cells ex vivo, an antibody can be added to a preparation of stem cells that have been removed from the body. The cells can then be replaced in the same or another human body, with or without clonal propagation, as is known in the art. In one embodiment, the reagent is delivered using a liposome. Preferably, the liposome is stable in the animal into which it has been administered for at least about 30 minutes, more preferably for at least about 1 hour, and even more preferably for at least about 24 hours. A liposome comprises a lipid composition that is capable of targeting a reagent, particularly a polynucleotide, to a particular site in an animal, such as a human. Preferably, the lipid composition of the liposome is capable of targeting to a specific organ of an animal, such as the lung, liver, spleen, heart brain, lymph nodes, and skin.
A liposome useful in the present invention comprises a lipid composition that is capable of fusing with the plasma membrane of the targeted cell to . deliver its contents to the cell. Preferably, the transfection efficiency of a liposome is about 0.5 μg of DNA per 16 nmole of liposome delivered to about 106 cells, more preferably about 1.0 μg of DNA per 16 nmole of liposome delivered to about 106 cells, and even more preferably about 2.0 μg of DNA per 16 nmol of liposome delivered to about 106 cells. Preferably, a liposome is between about 100 and 500 nm, more preferably between about 150 and 450 nm, and even more preferably between about 200 and 400 nm in diameter.
Suitable liposomes for use in the present invention include those liposomes standardly used in, for example, gene delivery methods known to those of skill in the art. More prefened liposomes include liposomes having a polycationic lipid composition and/or liposomes having a cholesterol backbone conjugated to poly- ethylene glycol. Optionally, a liposome comprises a compound capable of targeting the liposome to a particular cell type, such as a cell-specific ligand exposed on the outer surface of the liposome.
Complexing a liposome with a reagent such as an antisense oligonucleotide or ribozyme can be achieved using methods that are standard in the art (see, for example, U.S. Patent 5,705,151). Preferably, from about 0.1 μg to about 10 μg of polynucleotide is combined with about 8 nmol of liposomes, more preferably from about 0.5 μg to about 5 μg of polynucleotides are combined with about 8 nmol liposomes, and even more preferably about 1.0 μg of polynucleotides is combined with about 8 nmol liposomes.
In another embodiment, antibodies can. be delivered to specific tissues in vivo using receptor-mediated targeted delivery. Receptor-mediated DNA delivery techniques are taught in, for example, Findeis et al. Trends in Biotechnol. 11, 202-05 (1993); Chiou et al., GENE THERAPEUTICS: METHODS AND APPLICATIONS OF DIRECT GENE TRANSFER (J.A. Wolff, ed.) (1994); Wu & Wu, J. Biol. Chem. 263, 621-24 (1988);
Wu et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269, 542-46 (1994); Zenke et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 87, 3655-59 (1990); Wu et al, J. Biol. Chem. 266, 338-42 (1991).
Determination of a therapeutically effective dose
The determination of a therapeutically effective dose is well within the capability of those skilled in the art. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient which increases or decreases enzymatic activity relative to the enzymatic activity which occurs in the absence ofthe therapeutically effective dose.
For any compound, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays or in animal models, usually mice, rabbits, dogs, or pigs. The animal model also can be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity, e.g., ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50%) of the population) and LD50 (the dose lethal to 50%) of the population), can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals. The dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, and it can be expressed as the ratio, LD50/ED50. Pharmaceutical compositions that exhibit large therapeutic indices are prefened. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies is used in formulating a range of dosage for human use. The dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, sensitivity ofthe patient, and the route of administration.
The exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject that requires treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active ingredient or to maintain the desired effect.
Factors that can be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, general health of the subject, age, weight, and gender of the subject, diet, time and frequency of administration, drag combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions can be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks depending on the half-life and clearance rate ofthe particular formulation.
Normal dosage amounts can vary from 0.1 to 100,000 micrograms, up to a total dose of about 1 g, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc.
If the reagent is a single-chain antibody, polynucleotides encoding the antibody can be constructed and introduced into a cell either ex vivo or in vivo using well- established techniques including, but not limited to, transferrin-polycation-mediated DNA transfer, transfection with naked or encapsulated nucleic acids, liposome- mediated cellular fusion, intracellular transportation of DNA-coated latex beads, protoplast fusion, viral infection, electroporation, "gene gun," and DEAE- or calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
Effective in vivo dosages of an antibody are in the range of about 5 μg to about 50 μg/kg, about 50 μg to about 5 mg/kg, about 100 μg to about 500 μg/kg of patient body weight, and about 200 to about 250 μg/kg of patient body weight. For administration of polynucleotides encoding single-chain antibodies, effective in vivo dosages are in the range of about 100 ng to about 200 ng, 500 ng to about 50 mg, about.1 μg to about 2 mg, about 5 μg to about 500 μg, and about 20 μg to about 100 μg of DNA.
If the expression product is mRNA, the reagent is preferably an antisense oligonucleotide or a ribozyme. Polynucleotides that express antisense oligonucleotides or ribozymes can be introduced into cells by a variety of methods, as described above.
Preferably, a reagent reduces expression of a human prolylhydroxylase-like gene or the activity of a prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide by at least about 10, preferably about 50, more preferably about 75, 90, or 100% relative to the absence of the reagent. The effectiveness of the mechanism chosen to decrease the level of expression of a human prolylhydroxylase-like gene or the activity of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide can be assessed using methods well known in the art, such as hybridization of nucleotide probes to prolylhydroxylase-like protein- specific mRNA, quantitative RT-PCR, immunologic detection of a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide, or measurement of enzymatic activity.
In any of the embodiments described above, any of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy can be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical, principles. The combination of therapeutic agents can act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention ofthe various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
Any of the therapeutic methods described above can be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and most preferably, humans.
Diagnostic methods
Human prolylhydroxylase-like protein also can be used in diagnostic assays for detecting diseases and abnormalities or susceptibility to diseases and abnormalities related to the presence of mutations in the nucleic acid sequences that encode the enzyme. For example, differences can be determined between the cDNA or genomic sequence encoding prolylhydroxylase-like protein in individuals afflicted with a disease and in normal individuals. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the afflicted individuals but not in normal individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent ofthe disease.
Sequence differences between a reference gene and a gene having mutations can be revealed by the direct DNA sequencing method. In addition, cloned DNA segments can be employed as probes to detect specific DNA segments. The sensitivity of this method is greatly enhanced when combined with PCR. For example, a sequencing primer can be used with a double-stranded PCR product or a single-stranded template molecule generated by a modified PCR. The sequence determination is performed by conventional procedures using radiolabeled nucleotides or by automatic sequencing procedures using fluorescent tags.
Genetic testing based on DNA sequence differences can be carried out by detection of alteration in electrophoretic mobility of DNA fragments in gels with or without denaturing agents. Small sequence deletions and insertions can be visualized, for example, by high resolution gel electrophoresis. DNA fragments of different sequences can be distinguished on denaturing formamide gradient gels in which the mobilities of different DNA fragments are retarded in the gel at different positions according to their specific melting or partial melting temperatures (see, e.g., Myers et al, Science 230, 1242, 1985). Sequence changes at specific locations can also be revealed by nuclease protection assays, such as RNase and S 1 protection or the chemical cleavage method (e.g., Cotton et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85, 4397-4401, 1985). Thus, the detection of a specific DNA sequence can be performed by methods such as hybridization, RNase protection, chemical cleavage, direct DNA sequencing or the use of restriction enzymes and Southern blotting of genomic DNA. In addition to direct methods such as gel-electrophoresis and DNA sequencing, mutations can also be detected by in situ analysis.
Altered levels of prolylhydroxylase-like protein also can be detected in various tissues. Assays used to detect levels of the receptor polypeptides in a body sample, such as blood or a tissue biopsy, derived from a host are well known to those of skill in the art and include radioimmunoassays, competitive binding assays, Western blot analysis, and ELISA assays.
All patents and patent applications cited in this disclosure are expressly incoφorated herein by reference. The above disclosure generally describes the present invention.
A more complete understanding can be obtained by reference to the following specific examples, which are provided for purposes of illustration only and are not intended to limit the scope ofthe invention.
EXAMPLE 1
Detection of prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity
The polynucleotide of SEQ ID NO: 1 is inserted into the expression vector pCEV4 and the expression vector pCEV4-prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide obtained is transfected into human embryonic kidney 293 cells. From these cells extracts are obtained and prolylhydroxylase activity is assayed by a method based on the hydroxylation-coupled decarboxylation of 2-oxo[l-14C]glutarate (Kivirikko and Myllyla, 1982). The reaction is performed in a final volume of 1.0 ml, which contained 10 μl of the cell extract, 0.1 mg of (Pro-Pro-Gly)10.9H2O as substrate, 0.05 μmol of FeSO4, 0.1 μmol of 2-oxo[l-14C]glutarate (100 000 d.p.m.), 1 μmol of ascorbate, 0.3 mg of catalase (Sigma), 0.1 μmol of DTT, 2 mg of bovine serum albumin (Sigma) and 50 μmol of Tris-HCI buffer adjusted to pH 7.8 at 25°C. The uncoupled reaction is performed as above, except that the amount of he Triton X-
100 extract is increased to 200 μl and the peptide substrate is omitted. Km values are determined as described previously (Myllyla et al., 1977). Formation of 4-hydroxy- [14C]proline is studied using [14C]proline-labeled protocollagen substrate (Kivirikko and Myllyla, 1982). Protein concentrations are determined with a Bio-Rad protein assay kit (Bio-Rad). The levels of expression of the wild-type and mutant prolylhydroxylase tetramers are compared by densitometry of the Coomassie-stained band in non-denaturing PAGE using a Biolmage instrument (Biolmage, Millipore). It is shown that the polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2 has a prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity.
EXAMPLE 2
Expression of recombinant human prolylhydroxylase-like protein
The Pichia pastoris expression vector pPICZB (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) is used to produce large quantities of recombinant human prolylhydroxylase-like poly- peptides in yeast. The prolylhydroxylase-like protein-encoding DNA sequence is derived from SEQ ID NO: 1. Before insertion into vector pPICZB, the DNA sequence is modified by well known methods in such a way that it contains at its 5 '-end an initiation codon and at its 3 '-end an enterokinase cleavage site, a His6 reporter tag and a termination codon. Moreover, at both termini recognition sequences for restriction endonucleases are added and after digestion of the multiple cloning site of pPICZ B with the conesponding restriction enzymes the modified DNA sequence is ligated into pPICZB. This expression vector is designed for inducible expression in Pichia pastoris, driven by a yeast promoter. The resulting pPICZ/md-His6 vector is used to transform the yeast.
The yeast is cultivated under usual conditions in 5 liter shake flasks and the recombi- nantly produced protein isolated from the culture by affinity chromatography (Ni-NTA-Resin) in the presence of 8 M urea. The bound polypeptide is eluted with buffer, pH 3.5, and neutralized. Separation ofthe polypeptide from the His6 reporter tag is accomplished by site-specific proteolysis using enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) according to manufacturer's instructions. Purified human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is obtained.
EXAMPLE 3
Identification of test compounds that bind to prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides
Purified prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides comprising a glutathione-S-transferase protein and absorbed onto glutathione-derivatized wells of 96-well microtiter plates are contacted with test compounds from a small molecule library at pH 7.0 in a physiological buffer solution. Human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptides comprise the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2. The test compounds comprise a fluorescent tag. The samples are incubated for 5 minutes to one hour. Control samples are incubated in the absence of a test compound. The buffer solution containing the test compounds is washed from the wells. Binding of a test compound to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide is detected by fluorescence measurements of the contents of the wells. A test compound that increases the fluorescence in a well by at least 15% relative to fluorescence of a well in which a test compound is not incubated is identified as a compound which binds to a human prolylhydroxylase-like polypeptide.
EXAMPLE 4
Identification of a test compound which decreases prolylhydroxylase-like gene expression
A test compound is administered to a culture of human cells transfected with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein expression construct and incubated at 37°C for 10 to 45 minutes. A culture of the same type of cells that have not been transfected is incubated for the same time without the test compound to provide a negative control.
RNA is isolated from the two cultures as described in Chirgwin et al, Biochem. 18, 5294-99, 1979). Northern blots are prepared using 20 to 30 μg total RNA and hybridized with a 32P-labeled prolylhydroxylase-like protein-specific probe at 65°C in Express-hyb (CLONTECH). The probe comprises at least 11 contiguous nucleotides selected from the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1. A test compound that decreases the prolylhydroxylase-like protein-specific signal relative to the signal obtained in the absence of the test compound is identified as an inhibitor of prolylhydroxylase-like gene expression. EXAMPLE 5
Identification of a test compound which decreases prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity
A test compound is administered to a culture of human cells transfected with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein expression construct and incubated at 37°C for 10 to 45 minutes. A culture of the same type of cells that have not been transfected is incubated for the same time without the test compound to provide a negative control. Enzymatic activity is measured using the method of Kivirikko, K. I., Myllyla, T.
(1982) Methods Enzymol. 82, 245-304, or Cuncliffe, C. J., Franklin, T. J., Gaskell, R. M. (1986) Biochem. J. 240, 617-619.
A test compound which decreases the enzymatic activity of the prolylhydroxylase- like protein relative to the enzymatic activity in the absence of the test compound is identified as an inhibitor of prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity.
EXAMPLE 6
Tissue-specific expression of prolylhydroxylase-like protein
The qualitative expression pattern of prolylhydroxylase-like protein in various tissues is determined by Reverse Transcription-Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR).
Quantitative expression profiling
To demonstrate that prolylhydroxylase-like protein is involved in cancer, expression is determined in the following tissues: adrenal gland, bone mareow, brain, cerebellum, colon, fetal brain, fetal liver, heart, kidney, liver, lung, mammary gland, pancreas, placenta, prostate, salivary gland, skeletal muscle, small intestine, spinal cord, spleen, stomach, testis, thymus, thyroid, trachea, uterus, and peripheral blood lymphocytes. Expression in the following cancer cell lines also is determined: DU- 145 (prostate), NCI-H125 (lung), HT-29 (colon), COLO-205 (colon), A-549 (lung), NCI-H460 (lung), HT-116 (colon), DLD-1 (colon), MDA-MD-231 (breast), LS174T (colon), ZF-75 (breast), MDA-MN-435 (breast), HT-1080, MCF-7 (breast), and U87. Matched pairs of malignant and normal tissue from the same patient also are tested.
To demonstrate that prolylhydroxylase-like protein is involved in the disease process of COPD, the initial expression panel consists of RNA samples from respiratory tissues and inflammatory cells relevant to COPD: lung (adult and fetal), trachea, freshly isolated alveolar type II cells, cultured human bronchial epithelial cells, cultured small airway epithelial cells, cultured bronchial sooth muscle cells, cultured H441 cells (Clara-like), freshly isolated neutrophils and monocytes, and cultured monocytes (macrophage-like). Body map profiling also is carried out, using total RNA panels purchased from Clontech. The tissues are adrenal gland, bone marrow, brain, colon, heart, kidney, liver, lung, mammary gland, pancreas, prostate, salivary gland, skeletal muscle, small intestine, spleen, stomach, testis, thymus, trachea, thyroid, and uterus.
To demonstrate that prolylhydroxylase-like protein is involved in the disease process of asthma, the following whole body panel is screened to show predominant or relatively high expression in lung or immune tissues: brain, heart, kidney, liver, lung, trachea, bone manow, colon, small intestine, spleen, stomach, thymus, mammary gland, skeletal muscle, prostate, testis, uterus, cerebellum, fetal brain, fetal liver, spinal cord, placenta, adrenal gland, pancreas, salivary gland, thyroid, peripheral blood leukocytes, lymph node, and tonsil. Once this is established, the following lung and immune system cells are screened to localize expression to particular cell subsets: lung microvascular endothelial cells, bronchial/tracheal epithelial cells, bronchial/tracheal smooth muscle cells, lung fibroblasts, T cells (T helper 1 subset, T helper 2 subset, NKT cell subset, and cytotoxic T lymphocytes), B cells, mononuclear cells (monocytes and macrophages), mast cells, eosinophils, neutrophils, and dendritic cells. As a final step, the expression of prolylhydroxylase- like protein in cells derived from normal individuals with the expression of cells derived from asthmatic individuals is compared.
To demonstrate that prolylhydroxylase-like protein is involved in CNS disorders, the following tissues are screened: fetal and adult brain, muscle, heart, lung, kidney, liver, thymus, testis, colon, placenta, trachea, pancreas, kidney, gastric mucosa, colon, liver, cerebellum, skin, cortex (Alzheimer's and normal), hypothalamus, cortex, amygdala, cerebellum, hippocampus, choroid, plexus, thalamus, and spinal cord.
Quantitative expression profiling is performed by the form of quantitative PCR analysis called "kinetic analysis" firstly described in Higuchi et al, BioTechnology 10, 413-17, 1992, and Higuchi et al, BioTechnology 11, 1026-30, 1993. The principle is that at any given cycle within the exponential phase of PCR, the amount of product is proportional to the initial number of template copies.
If the amplification is performed in the presence of an internally quenched fluorescent oligonucleotide (TaqMan probe) complementary to the target sequence, the probe is cleaved by the 5 '-3' endonuclease activity of Taq DNA polymerase and a fluorescent dye released in the medium (Holland et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
U.S.A. 88, 7276-80, 1991). Because the fluorescence emission will increase in direct proportion to the amount of the specific amplified product, the exponential growth phase of PCR product can be detected and used to determine the initial template concentration (Heid et al, Genome Res. 6, 986-94, 1996, and Gibson et al, Genome Res. 6, 995-1001, 1996).
The amplification of an endogenous control can be performed to standardize the amount of sample RNA added to a reaction. In this kind of experiment, the control of choice is the 18S ribosomal RNA. Because reporter dyes with differing emission spectra are available, the target and the endogenous control can be independently quantified in the same tube if probes labeled with different dyes are used. All "real time PCR" measurements of fluorescence are made in the ABI Prism 7700.
RNA extraction and cDNA preparation. Total RNA from the tissues listed above are used for expression quantification. RNAs labeled "from autopsy" were extracted from autoptic tissues with the TRIzol reagent (Life Technologies, MD) according to the manufacturer's protocol.
Fifty μg of each RNA were treated with DNase I for 1 hour at 37°C in the following reaction mix: 0.2 U/μl RNase-free. DNase I (Roche Diagnostics, Germany); 0.4 U/μl
RNase inhibitor (PE Applied Biosystems, CA); 10 mM Tris-HCI pH 7.9; lO mM MgCl2; 50 mM NaCI; and 1 mM DTT.
After incubation, RNA is extracted once with 1 volume of phenohchloroform:- isoamyl alcohol (24:24:1) and once with chloroform, and precipitated with 1/10 volume of 3 M sodium acetate, pH5.2, and 2 volumes of ethanol.
Fifty μg of each RNA from the autoptic tissues are DNase treated with the DNA-free kit purchased from Ambion (Ambion, TX). After resuspension and spectro- photometric quantification, each sample is reverse transcribed with the TaqMan
Reverse Transcription Reagents (PE Applied Biosystems, CA) according to the manufacturer's protocol. The final concentration of RNA in the reaction mix is 200 ng/μL. Reverse transcription is carried out with 2.5μM of random hexamer primers.
TaqMan quantitative analysis. Specific primers and probe are designed according to the recommendations of PE Applied Biosystems; the probe can be labeled at the 5' end FAM (6-carboxy-fluorescein) and at the 3' end with TAMRA (6-carboxy- tetramethyl-rhodamine). Quantification experiments are performed on 10 ng of reverse transcribed RNA from each sample. Each determination is done in triplicate. Total cDNA content is normalized with the simultaneous quantification (multiplex PCR) of the 18S ribosomal RNA using the Pre-Developed TaqMan Assay Reagents (PDAR) Control Kit (PE Applied Biosystems, CA).
The assay reaction mix is as follows: IX final TaqMan Universal PCR Master Mix
(from 2X stock) (PE Applied Biosystems, CA); IX PDAR control - 18S RNA (from 20X stock); 300 nM forward primer; 900 nM reverse primer; 200 nM probe; 10 ng cDNA; and water to 25 μl.
Each of the following steps are carried out once: pre PCR, 2 minutes at 50° C, and
10 minutes at 95°C. The following steps are carried out 40 times: denaturation, 15 seconds at 95°C, annealing/extension, 1 minute at 60°C.
The experiment is performed on an ABI Prism 7700 Sequence Detector (PE Applied Biosystems, CA). At the end of the run, fluorescence data acquired during PCR are processed as described in the ABI Prism 7700 user's manual in order to achieve better background subtraction as well as signal linearity with the starting target quantity.
EXAMPLE 7
Proliferation inhibition assay: Antisense oligonucleotides suppress the growth of cancer cell lines
The cell line used for testing is the human colon cancer cell line HCT116. Cells are cultured in RPMI-1640 with 10-15% fetal calf serum at a concentration of 10,000 cells per milliliter in a volume of 0.5 ml and kept at 37°C in a 95% air/5%CO2 atmosphere.
Phosphorothioate oligoribonucleotides are synthesized on an Applied Biosystems Model 380B DNA synthesizer using phosphoroamidite chemistry. A sequence of 24 bases complementary to the nucleotides at position 1 to 24 of SEQ ID NO: 1 is used as the test oligonucleotide. As a control, another (random) sequence is used: 5'-TCA ACT GAC TAG ATG TAC ATG GAC-3'. Following assembly and deprotection, oligonucleotides are ethanol-precipitated twice, dried, and suspended in phosphate buffered saline at the desired concentration. Purity of the oligonucleotides is tested by capillary gel electrophoresis and ion exchange HPLC. The purified oligonucleotides are added to the culture medium at a concentration of 10 μM once per day for seven days.
The addition of the test oligonucleotide for seven days results in significantly reduced expression of human prolylhydroxylase-like protein as determined by Western blotting. This effect is not observed with the control oligonucleotide. After 3 to 7 days, the number of cells in the cultures is counted using an automatic cell counter. The number of cells in cultures treated with the test oligonucleotide (expressed as 100%) is compared with the number of cells in cultures treated with the control oligonucleotide. The number of cells in cultures treated with the test oligonucleotide is not more than 30% of control, indicating that the inhibition of human prolylhydroxylase-like protein has an anti-proliferative effect on cancer cells.
EXAMPLE 8
In vivo testing of compounds/target validation
Acute Mechanistic Assays
Reduction in Mitogenic Plasma Hormone Levels
This non-tumor assay measures the ability of a compound to reduce either the endogenous level of a circulating hormone or the level of hormone produced in response to a biologic stimulus. Rodents are administered test compound (p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c). At a predetermined time after administration of test compound, blood plasma is collected. Plasma is assayed for levels ofthe hormone of interest. If the normal circulating levels of the hormone are too low and/or variable to provide consistent results, the level ofthe hormone may be elevated by a pre-treatment with a biologic stimulus (i.e., LHRH may be injected i.m. into mice at a dosage of 30 ng/mouse to induce a burst of testosterone synthesis). The timing of plasma collection would be adjusted to coincide with the peak of the induced hormone response. Compound effects are compared to a vehicle-treated control group. An F- test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test. Significance is p value <0.05 compared to the vehicle control group.
Hollow Fiber Mechanism of Action Assay
Hollow fibers are prepared with desired cell line(s) and implanted intraperitoneally and/or subcutaneously in rodents. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. Fibers are harvested in accordance with specific readout assay protocol, these may include assays for gene expression (bDNA, PCR, or Taqman), or a specific biochemical activity (i.e., cAMP levels. Results are analyzed by Student's t-test or
Rank Sum test after the variance between groups is compared by an F-test, with significance at p <0.05 as compared to the vehicle control group.
Subacute Functional In Vivo Assays Reduction in Mass of Hormone Dependent Tissues
This is another non-tumor assay that measures the ability of a compound to reduce the mass of a hormone dependent tissue (i.e., seminal vesicles in males and uteri in females). Rodents are administered test compound (p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m.,' or s.c.) according to a predetermined schedule and for a predetermined duration (i.e.,
1 week). At termination of the study, animals are weighed, the target organ is excised, any fluid is expressed, and the weight of the organ is recorded. Blood plasma may also be collected. Plasma may be assayed for levels of a hormone of interest or for levels of test agent. Organ weights may be directly compared or they ' may be normalized for the body weight of the animal. Compound effects are compared to a vehicle-treated control group. An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test. Significance is p value <0.05 compared to the vehicle control group.
Hollow Fiber Proliferation Assay
Hollow fibers are prepared with desired cell line(s) and implanted infraperitoneally and/or subcutaneously in rodents. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. Fibers are harvested in accordance with specific readout assay protocol. Cell proliferation is determined by measuring a marker of cell number (i.e., MTT or LDH). The cell number and change in cell number from the starting inoculum are analyzed by Student's t-test or Rank Sum test after the variance between groups is compared by an F-test, with significance at p < 0.05 as compared to the vehicle control group.
Anti-angiogenesis Models
Cornea! Angiogenesis
Hydron pellets with or without growth factors or cells are implanted into a micropocket surgically created in the rodent cornea. Compound administration may be systemic or local (compound mixed with growth factors in the hydron pellet).
Corneas are harvested at 7 days post implantation immediately following intracardiac infusion of colloidal carbon and are fixed in 10% formalin. Readout is qualitative scoring and/or image analysis. Qualitative scores are compared by Rank Sum test. Image analysis data is evaluated by measuring the area of neovascularization (in pixels) and group averages are compared by Student's t-test (2 tail). Significance is p <0.05 as compared to the growth factor or cells only group.
Matrigel Angiogenesis
Matrigel, containing cells or growth factors, is injected subcutaneously. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. Matrigel plugs are harvested at predetermined time point(s) and prepared for readout. Readout is an ELISA-based assay for hemoglobin concentration and/or histological examination (i.e. vessel count, special staining for endothelial surface markers: CD31, factor-8). Readouts are analyzed by Student's t-test, after the variance between groups is compared by an F-test, with significance determined at p <0.05 as compared to the vehicle control group.
Primary Antitumor Efficacy Early Therapy Models Subcutaneous Tumor
Tumor cells or fragments are implanted subcutaneously on Day 0. Vehicle and/or compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule starting at a time, usually on Day 1, prior to the ability to measure the tumor burden. Body weights and tumor measurements are recorded 2-3 times weekly.
Mean net body and tumor weights are calculated for each data collection day. Anti- tumor efficacy may be initially determined by comparing the size of treated (T) and control (C) tumors on a given day by a Student's t-test, after the variance between groups is compared by an F-test, with significance determined at p <0.05. The experiment may also be continued past the end of dosing in which case tumor measurements would continue to be recorded to monitor tumor growth delay. Tumor growth delays are expressed as the difference in the median time for the treated and control groups to attain a predetermined size divided by the median time for the control group to attain that size. Growth delays are compared by generating Kaplan- Meier curves from the times for individual tumors to attain the evaluation size.
Significance is p <0.05.
Intraperitoneal/Intracranial Tumor Models
Tumor cells are injected intraperitoneally or intracranially on Day 0. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule starting on Day 1. Observations of morbidity and/or mortality are recorded twice daily. Body weights are measured and recorded twice weekly. Morbidity/mortality data is expressed in terms of the median time of survival and the number of long- term survivors is indicated separately. Survival times are used to generate Kaplan- Meier curves. Significance is p < 0.05 by a log-rank test compared to the control group in the experiment.
Established Disease Model
Tumor cells or fragments are implanted subcutaneously and grown to the desired size for treatment to begin. Once at the predetermined size range, mice are randomized into treatment groups. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Tumor and body weights are measured and recorded 2-3 times weekly. Mean tumor weights of all groups over days post inoculation are graphed for comparison. An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test to compare tumor sizes in the treated and control groups at the end of treatment. Significance is p <0.05 as compared to the control group. Tumor measurements may be recorded after dosing has stopped to monitor tumor growth delay. Tumor growth delays are expressed as the difference in the median time for the treated and control groups to attain a predetermined size divided by the median time for the control group to attain that size. Growth delays are compared by generating Kaplan-Meier curves from the times for individual tumors to attain the evaluation size. Significance is p value <0.05 compared to the vehicle control group.
Orthotopic Disease Models Mammary Fat Pad Assay
Tumor cells or fragments, of mammary adenocarcinoma origin, are implanted directly into a surgically exposed and reflected mammary fat pad in rodents. The fat pad is placed back in its original position and the surgical site is closed. Hormones may also be administered to the rodents to support the growth of the tumors. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Tumor and body weights are measured and recorded 2-3 times weekly. Mean tumor weights of all groups over days post inoculation are graphed for -5 comparison. An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test to compare tumor sizes in the treated and control groups at the end of treatment. Significance is p <0.05 as compared to the control group.
0 Tumor measurements may be recorded after dosing has stopped to monitor tumor growth delay. Tumor growth delays are expressed as the difference in the median time for the treated and control groups to attain a predetermined size divided by the median time for the control group to attain that size. Growth delays are compared by generating Kaplan-Meier curves from the times for individual tumors to attain the 5 evaluation size. Significance is p value <0.05 compared to the vehicle control group.
In addition, this model provides an opportunity to increase the rate of spontaneous metastasis of this type of tumor. Metastasis can be assessed at termination of the study by counting the number of visible foci per target organ, or measuring the target organ weight. The means of these endpoints are compared by Student's t-test after 0 conducting an F-test, with significance determined at p <0.05 compared to the control group in the experiment.
Intraprostatic Assay
5 Tumor cells or fragments, of prostatic adenocarcinoma origin, are implanted directly into a surgically exposed dorsal lobe of the prostate in rodents. The prostate is externalized through an abdominal incision so that the tumor can be implanted specifically in the dorsal lobe while verifying that the implant does not enter the seminal vesicles. The successfully inoculated prostate is replaced in the abdomen 0 . and the incisions through the abdomen and skin are closed. Hormones may also be administered to the rodents to support the growth of the tumors. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Body weights are measured and recorded 2-3 times weekly. At a predetermined time, the experiment is terminated and the animal is dissected. The size of the primary tumor is measured in three dimensions using either a caliper or an ocular micrometer attached to a dissecting scope. An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test to compare tumor sizes in the treated and control groups at the end of treatment. Significance is p <0.05 as compared to the control group. This model provides an opportunity to increase the rate of spontaneous metastasis of this type of tumor. Metastasis can be assessed at termination ofthe study by counting the number of visible foci per target organ (i.e., the lungs), or measuring the target organ weight (i.e., the regional lymph nodes). The means of these endpoints are compared by Student's t-test after conducting an F-test, with significance determined at p <0.05 compared to the control group in the experiment.
Intrabronchial Assay
Tumor cells of pulmonary origin may be implanted intrabronchially by making an incision through the skin and exposing the trachea. The trachea is pierced with the beveled end of a 25 gauge needle and the tumor cells are inoculated into the main bronchus using a flat-ended 27 gauge needle with a 90° bend. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Body weights are measured and recorded 2-3 times weekly. At a predetermined time, the experiment is terminated and the animal is dissected. The size of the primary tumor is measured in three dimensions using either a caliper or an ocular micrometer attached to a dissecting scope. An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t-test to compare tumor sizes in the treated and control groups at the end of treatment. Significance is p <0.05 as compared to the control group. This model provides an opportunity to increase the rate of spontaneous metastasis of this type of tumor. Metastasis can be assessed at termination of the study by counting the number of visible foci per target organ (i.e., the confralateral lung), or measuring the target organ weight. The means of these endpoints are compared by Student's t-test after conducting an F-test, with significance determined at p <0.05 compared to the control group in the experiment.
Intracecal Assay
Tumor cells of gastrointestinal origin may be implanted intracecally by making an abdominal incision through the skin and externalizing the intestine. Tumor cells are inoculated into the cecal wall without penetrating the lumen of the intestine using a 27 or 30 gauge needle. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Body weights are measured and recorded 2-3 times weekly. At a predetermined time, the experiment is terminated and the animal is dissected. The size of the primary tumor is measured in three dimensions using either a caliper or an ocular micrometer attached to a dissecting scope. An F-test is preformed to determine if the variance is equal or unequal followed by a Student's t- test to compare tumor sizes in the treated and control groups at the end of treatment. Significance is p <0.05 as compared to the control group. This model provides an opportunity to increase the rate of spontaneous metastasis of this type of tumor. Metastasis can be assessed at termination of the study by counting the number of visible foci per target organ (i.e., the liver), or measuring the target organ weight. The means of these endpoints are compared by Student's t-test after conducting an F-test, with significance determined at p <0.05 compared to the control group in the experiment.
Secondary (Metastatic) Antitumor Efficacy
Spontaneous Metastasis
Tumor cells are inoculated s.c. and the tumors allowed to grow to a predetermined range for spontaneous metastasis studies to the lung or liver. These primary tumors are then excised. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule which may include the period leading up to the excision of the primary tumor to evaluate therapies directed at inhibiting the early stages of tumor metastasis. Observations of morbidity and/or mortality are recorded daily. Body weights are measured, and recorded twice weekly. Potential endpoints include survival time, numbers of visible foci per target organ, or target organ weight. When survival time is used as the endpoint the other values are not determined. Survival data is used to generate Kaplan-Meier curves. Significance is p <0.05 by a log-rank test compared to the control group in the experiment. The mean number of visible tumor foci, as determined under a dissecting microscope, and the mean target organ weights are compared by Student's t-test after conducting an F-test, with significance determined at p <0.05. compared to the control group in the experiment for both of these endpoints.
Forced Metastasis
Tumor cells are injected into the tail vein, portal vein, or the left ventricle of the heart in experimental (forced) lung, liver, and bone metastasis studies, respectively. Compounds are administered p.o., i.p., i.v., i.m., or s.c. according to a predetermined schedule. Observations of morbidity and/or mortality are recorded daily. Body weights are measured and recorded twice weekly. Potential endpoints include survival time, numbers of visible foci per target organ, or target organ weight. When survival time is used as the endpoint the other values are not determined. Survival data is used to generate Kaplan-Meier curves. Significance is p <0.05 by a log-rank test compared to the control group in the experiment. The mean number of visible tumor foci, as determined under a dissecting microscope,- and the mean target organ weights are compared by Student's t-test after conducting an F-test, with significance at p <0.05 compared to the vehicle control group in the experiment for both endpoints. EXAMPLE 9
In vivo testing of compounds/target validation
Pain
Acute pain. Acute pain is measured on a hot plate mainly in rats. Two variants of hot plate testing are used: In the classical variant animals are put on a hot surface (52 to 56°C) and the latency time is measured until the animals show nocifensive behavior, such as stepping or foot licking. The other variant is an increasing temperature hot plate where the experimental animals are put on a surface of neutral temperature. Subsequently this surface is slowly but constantly heated until the animals begin to lick a hind paw. The temperature which is reached when hind paw licking begins is a measure for pain threshold.
Compounds are tested against a vehicle treated control group. Substance application is performed at different time points via different application routes (i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t, i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal) prior to pain testing.
Persistent pain. Persistent pain is measured with the formalin or capsaicin test, mainly in rats. A solution of 1 to 5% formalin or 10 to 100 μg capsaicin is injected into one hind paw ofthe experimental animal. After formalin or capsaicin application the animals show nocifensive reactions like flinching, licking and biting of the affected paw. The number of nocifensive reactions within a time frame of up to 90 minutes is a measure for intensity of pain.
Compounds are tested against a vehicle treated control group. Substance application is performed at different time points via different application routes (i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t., i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal) prior to formalin or capsaicin administration. Neuropathic pain. Neuropathic pain is induced by different variants of unilateral sciatic nerve injury mainly in rats. The operation is performed under anesthesia. The first variant of sciatic nerve injury is produced by placing loosely constrictive ligatures around the common sciatic nerve. The second variant is the tight ligation of about the half of the diameter of the common sciatic nerve, h the next variant, a group of models is used in which tight ligations or transections are made of either the L5 and L6 spinal nerves, or the L% spinal nerve only. The fourth variant involves an axotomy of two of the three terminal branches of the sciatic nerve (tibial and common peroneal nerves) leaving the remaining sural nerve intact whereas the last variant comprises the axotomy of only the tibial branch leaving the sural and common nerves uninjured. Control animals are treated with a sham operation.
Postoperatively, the nerve injured animals develop a chronic mechanical allodynia, cold allodynioa, as well as a thermal hyperalgesia. Mechanical allodynia is measured by means of a pressure transducer (electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, 1TTC
Inc. -Life Science Instruments, Woodland Hills, SA, USA; Electronic von Frey System, Somedic Sales AB, Hδrby, Sweden). Thermal hyperalgesia is measured by means of a radiant heat source (Plantar Test, Ugo Basile, Comerio, Italy), or by means of a cold plate of 5 to 10°C where the nocifensive reactions of the affected hind paw are counted as a measure of pain intensity. A further test for cold induced pain is the counting of nocifensive reactions, or duration of nocifensive responses after plantar administration of acetone to the affected hind limb. Chronic pain in general is assessed by registering the circadanian rhythms in activity (Surjo and Arndt, Universitat zu Kδln, Cologne, Germany), and by scoring differences in gait (foot print patterns; FOOTPRINTS program, Klapdor et al., 1997. A low cost method to analyze footprint patterns. J. Neurosci. Methods 75, 49-54).
Compounds are tested against sham operated and vehicle treated control groups. Substance application is performed at different time points via different application routes (i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t., i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal) prior to pain testing. Inflammatory Pain. Inflammatory pain is induced mainly in rats by injection of 0.75 mg carrageenan or complete Freund's adjuvant into one hind paw. The animals develop an edema with mechanical allodynia as well as thermal hyperalgesia. Mechanical allodynia is measured by means of a pressure transducer (electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, IITC Inc. -Life Science Instruments, Woodland Hills, SA,
USA). Thermal hyperalgesia is measured by means of a radiant heat source (Plantar Test, Ugo Basile, Comerio, Italy, Paw thermal stimulator, G. Ozaki, University of California, USA). For edema measurement two methods are being used. In the first method, the animals are sacrificed and the affected hindpaws sectioned and weighed. The second method comprises differences in paw volume by measuring water displacement in a plethysmometer (Ugo Basile, Comerio, Italy).
Compounds are tested against uninflamed as well as vehicle treated confrol groups. Substance application is performed at different time points via different application routes (i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t., i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal) prior to pain testing.
Diabetic neuropathic pain. Rats treated with a single intraperitoneal injection of 50 to 80 mg/kg streptozotocin develop a profound hyperglycemia and mechanical allodynia within 1 to 3 weeks. Mechanical allodynia is measured by means of a pressure transducer (electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, IITC Inc-Life Science
Instruments, Woodland Hills, SA, USA).
Compounds are tested against diabetic and non-diabetic vehicle treated control groups. Substance application is performed at different time points via different application routes (i.v., i.p., p.o., i.t., i.c.v., s.c, intradermal, transdermal) prior to pain testing.
Parkinson's disease
6-Hydroxydopamine (6-OH-DA) Lesion. Degeneration of the dopaminergic ni- grostriatal and striatopallidal pathways is the central pathological event in Parkinson's disease. This disorder has been mimicked experimentally in rats using single/sequential unilateral stereotaxic injections of 6-OH-DA into the medium forebrain bundle (MFB).
Male Wistar rats (Harlan Winkelmann, Germany), weighing 200±250 g at the beginning of the experiment, are used. The rats are maintained in a temperature- and humidity-controlled environment under a 12 h light/dark cycle with free access to food and water when not in experimental sessions. The following in vivo protocols are approved by the governmental authorities. All efforts are made to minimize animal suffering, to reduce the number of animals used, and to utilize alternatives to in vivo techniques.
Animals are administered pargyline on the day of surgery (Sigma, St. Louis, MO, USA; 50 mg/kg i.p.) in order to inhibit metabolism of 6-OHDA by monoamine oxidase and desmethylimipramine HCI (Sigma; 25 mg/kg i.p.) in order to prevent uptake of 6-OHDA by noradrenergic terminals. Thirty minutes later the rats are anesthetized with sodium pentobarbital (50 mg/kg) and placed in a stereotaxic frame. In order to lesion the DA nigrostriatal pathway 4 μl of 0.01% ascorbic acid-saline containing 8 μg of 6-OHDA HBr (Sigma) are injected into the left medial fore-brain bundle at a rate of 1 μl/min (2.4 mm anterior, 1.49 mm lateral, -2.7 mm ventral to
Bregma and the skull surface). The needle is left in place an additional 5 min to allow diffusion to occur.
Stepping Test. Forelimb akinesia is assessed three weeks following lesion placement using a modified stepping test protocol. In brief, the animals are held by the experimenter with one hand fixing the hindlimbs and slightly raising the hind part above the surface. One paw is touching the table, and is then moved slowly sideways (5 s for 1 m), first in the forehand and then in the backhand direction. The number of adjusting steps is counted for both paws in the backhand and forehand direction of movement. The sequence of testing is right paw forehand and backhand adjusting stepping, followed by left paw forehand and backhand directions. The test is repeated three times on three consecutive days, after an initial training period of three days prior to the first testing. Forehand adjusted stepping reveals no consistent differences between lesioned and healthy confrol animals. Analysis is therefore restricted to backhand adjusted stepping.
Balance .Test. Balance adjustments following postural challenge are also measured during the stepping test sessions. The rats are held in the same position as described in the stepping test and, instead of being moved sideways, tilted by the experimenter towards the side of the paw touching the table. This maneuver results in loss of balance and the ability of the rats to regain balance by forelimb movements is scored on a scale ranging from 0 to 3. Score 0 is given for a normal forelimb placement. When the forelimb movement is delayed but recovery of postural balance detected, score 1 is given. Score 2 represents a clear, yet insufficient, forelimb reaction, as evidenced by muscle contraction, but lack of success in recovering balance, and score 3 is given for no reaction of movement. The test is repeated three times a day on each side for three consecutive days after an initial training period of three days prior to the first testing.
Staircase Test (Paw Reaching). A modified version of the staircase test is used for evaluation of paw reaching behavior three weeks following primary and secondary lesion placement. Plexiglass test boxes with a central platform and a removable staircase on each side are used. The apparatus is designed such that only the paw on the same side at each staircase can be used, thus providing a measure of independent forelimb use. For each test the animals are left in the test boxes for 15 min. The double staircase is filled with 7 x 3 chow pellets (Precision food pellets, formula: P, purified rodent diet, size 45 mg; Sandown Scientific) on each side. After each test the number of pellets eaten (successfully retrieved pellets) and the number of pellets taken (touched but dropped) for each paw and the success rate (pellets eaten/pellets taken) are counted separately. After three days of food deprivation (12 g per animal per day) the animals are tested for 11 days. Full analysis is conducted only for the last five days. MPTP treatment. The neurotoxin l-methyl-4-phenyl-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine (MPTP) causes degeneration of mesencephalic dopaminergic (DAergic) neurons in rodents, non-human primates, and humans and, in so doing, reproduces many of the symptoms of Parkinson's disease. MPTP leads to a marked decrease in the levels of dopamine and its metabolites, and in the number of dopaminergic terminals in the striatum as well as severe loss of the tyrosine hydroxylase (TH)-immunoreactive cell bodies in the substantia nigra, pars compacta.
In order to obtain severe and long-lasting lesions, and to reduce mortality, animals receive single injections of MPTP, and are then tested for severity of lesion 7-10 days later. Successive MPTP injections are administered on days 1, 2 and 3. Animals receive application of 4 mg/kg MPTP hydrochloride (Sigma) in saline once daily. All injections are intraperitoneal (i.p.) and the MPTP stock solution is frozen between injections. Animals are decapitated on day 11.
Immunohistology. At the completion of behavioral experiments, all animals are anaesthetized with 3 ml. thiopental (1 g/40 ml i.p., Tyrol Pharma). The mice are perfused transcardially with 0.01 M PBS (pH 7.4) for 2 min, followed by 4% paraformaldehyde (Merck) in PBS for 15 min. The brains are removed and placed in
4% paraformaldehyde for 24 h at 4°C. For dehydration they are then transfereed to a 20% sucrose (Merck) solution in 0.1 M PBS at 4°C until they sink. The brains are frozen in methylbutan at -20°C for 2 min and stored at -70°C. Using a sledge microtome (mod. 3800-Frigocut, Leica), 25 μm sections are taken from the genu of the corpus callosum (AP 1.7 mm) to the hippocampus (AP 21.8 mm) and from AP
24.16 to AP 26.72. Forty-six sections are cut and stored in assorters in 0.25 M Tris buffer (pH 7.4) for immunohistochemistry.
A series of sections is processed for free-floating tyrosine hydroxylase (TH) immunohistochemistry. Following three rinses in 0.1 M PBS, endogenous peroxidase activity is quenched for 10 min in 0.3%o H2O2 ±PBS. After rinsing in PBS, sections are preincubated in 10% normal bovine serum (Sigma) for 5 min as blocking agent and fransfened to either primary anti-rat TH rabbit antiserum (dilution 1:2000).
Following overnight incubation at room temperature, sections for TH immuno- reactivity are rinsed in PBS (2 xlO min) and incubated in biotinylated anti-rabbit immunoglobulin G raised in goat (dilution 1:200) (Vector) for 90 min, rinsed repeatedly and fransfened to Vectastain ABC (Vector) solution for 1 h. 3, .3' -Diaminobenzidine tefrahydrochloride (DAB; Sigma) in 0.1 M PBS, supplemented with 0.005%) H2O2, serves as chromogen in the subsequent visualization reaction.
Sections are mounted on to gelatin-coated slides, left to dry overnight, counter- stained with hematoxylin dehydrated in ascending alcohol concentrations and cleared in butylacetate. Coverslips are mounted on entellan.
Rotarod Test. We use a modification of the procedure described by Rozas and
Labandeira-Garcia (1997), with a CR-1 Rotamex system (Columbus Instruments, Columbus, OH) comprising an IBM-compatible personal computer, a CIO-24 data acquisition card, a control unit, and a four-lane rotarod unit. The rotarod unit consists of a rotating spindle (diameter 7.3 cm) and individual compartments for each mouse. The system software allows preprogramming of session protocols with varying rotational speeds (0-80 rpm). Infrared beams are used to detect when a mouse has fallen onto the base grid beneath the rotarod. The system logs the fall as the end of the experiment for that mouse, and the total time on the rotarod, as well as the time ofthe fall and all the set-up parameters, are recorded. The system also allows a weak cunent to be passed through the base grid, to aid training.
Dementia
The object recognition task. The object recognition task has been designed to assess the effects of experimental manipulations on the cognitive performance of rodents. A rat is placed in an open field, in which two identical objects are present. The rats inspects both objects during the first trial of the object recognition task. In a second trial, after a retention interval of for example 24 hours, one ofthe two objects used in the first trial, the 'familiar' object, and a novel object are placed in the open field. The inspection time at each ofthe objects is registered. The basic measures in the OR task is the time spent by a rat exploring the two object the second trial. Good retention is reflected by higher exploration times towards the novel than the ' 'familiar' object.
Administration of the putative cognition enhancer prior to the first trial pre- dominantly allows assessment of the effects on acquisition, and eventually on consolidation processes. Administration of the testing compound after the first trial allows to assess the effects on consolidation processes, whereas administration before the second trial allows to measure effects on retrieval processes.
The passive avoidance task. The passive avoidance task assesses memory performance in rats and mice. The inhibitory avoidance apparatus consists of a two-compartment box with a light compartment and a dark compartment. The two compartments are separated by a guillotine door that can be operated by the experimenter. A threshold of 2 cm separates the two compartments when the guillotine door is raised. When the door is open, the illumination in the dark compartment is about 2 lux. The light intensity is about 500 lux at the center of the floor ofthe light compartment.
Two habituation sessions, one shock session, and a retention session are given, separated by inter-session intervals of 24 hours. In the habituation sessions and the retention session the rat is allowed to explore the apparatus for 300 sec. The rat is placed in the light compartment, facing the wall opposite to the guillotine door. After an accommodation period of 15 sec. the guillotine door is opened so that all parts of the apparatus can be visited freely. Rats normally avoid brightly lit areas and will enter the dark compartment within a few seconds. In the shock session the guillotine door between the compartments is lowered as soon as the rat has entered the dark compartment with its four paws, and a scrambled 1 mA footshock is administered for 2 sec. The rat is removed from the apparatus and put back into its home cage. The procedure during the retention session is identical to that ofthe habituation sessions.
The step-through latency, that is the first latency of entering the dark compartment . (in sec.) during the retention session is an index of the memory performance of the animal; the longer the latency to enter the dark compartment, the better the retention is. A testing compound in given half an hour before the shock session, together with
1 mg*kg_1 scopolamine. Scopolamine impairs the memory performance during the retention session 24 hours later. If the test compound increases the enter latency compared with the scopolamine-treated controls, is likely to possess cognition enhancing potential.
The Morris water escape task. The Morris water escape task measures spatial orientation learning in rodents. It is a test system that has extensively been used to investigate the effects of putative therapeutic on the cognitive functions of rats and mice. The performance of an animal is assessed in a circular water tank with an escape platform that is submerged about 1 cm below the surface of the water. The escape platform is not visible for an animal swimming in the water tank. Abundant extra-maze cues are provided by the furniture in the room, including desks, computer equipment, a second water tank, the presence ofthe experimenter, and by a radio on a shelf that is playing softly.
The animals receive four trials during five daily acquisition sessions. A trial is started by placing an animal into the pool, facing the wall of the tank. Each of four starting positions in the quadrants north, east, south, and west is used once in a series of four trials; their order is randomized. The escape platform is always in the same position. A trial is terminated as soon as the animal had climbs onto the escape platform or when 90 seconds have elapsed, whichever event occurs first. The animal is allowed to stay on the platform for 30 seconds. Then it is taken from the platform and the next trial is started. If an animal did not find the platform within 90 seconds it is put on the platform by the experimenter and is allowed to stay there for 30 seconds. After the fourth trial of the fifth daily session, an additional trial is given as a probe trial: the platform is removed, and the time the animal spends in the four quadrants is measured for 30 or 60 seconds. In the probe trial, all animals start from the same start position, opposite to the quadrant where the escape platform had been positioned during acquisition.
Four different measures are taken to evaluate the performance of an animal during acquisition training: escape latency, traveled distance, ' distance to platform, and swimming speed. The following measures are evaluated for the probe trial: time (s) in quadrants and traveled distance (cm) in the four quadrants. The probe trial provides additional information about how well an animal learned the position ofthe escape platform. If an animal spends more time and swims a longer distance in the quadrant where the platform had been positioned during the acquisition sessions than in any other quadrant, one concludes that the platform position has been learned well.
In order to assess the effects of putative cognition enhancing compounds, rats or mice with specific brain lesions which impair cognitive functions, or animals treated with compounds such as scopolamine or MK-801, which interfere with normal learning, or aged animals which suffer from cognitive deficits, are used.
The T-maze spontaneous alternation task. The T-maze spontaneous alternation task (TeMCAT) assesses the spatial memory performance in mice. The start arm and the two goal arms of the T-maze are provided with guillotine doors which can be operated manually by the experimenter. A mouse is put into the start arm at the beginning of training. The guillotine door is closed. In the first trial, the 'forced trial', either the left or right goal arm is blocked by lowering the guillotine door. After the mouse has been released from the start arm, it will negotiate the maze, eventually enter the open goal arm, and return to the start position, where it will be confined for 5 seconds, by lowering the guillotine door. Then, the animal can choose freely between the left and right goal arm (all guillotine-doors opened) during 14 'free choice' trials. As soon a the mouse has entered one goal arm, the other one is closed. The mouse eventually returns to the start arm and is free to visit whichever go alarm it wants after having been confined to the start arm for 5 seconds. After completion of 14 free choice trials in one session, the animal is removed from the maze. During training, the animal is never handled.
The percent alternations out of 14 trials is calculated. This percentage and the total time needed to complete the first forced trial and the subsequent 14 free choice trials
(in s) is analyzed. Cognitive deficits are usually induced by an injection of scopolamine, 30 min before the start ofthe training session. Scopolamine reduced the per-cent alternations to chance level, or below. A cognition enhancer, which is always administered before the training session, will at least partially, antagonize the scopolamine-induced reduction in the spontaneous alternation rate.
EXAMPLE 10
Identification of test compound efficacy in a COPD animal model
Guinea pigs are exposed on a single occasion to tobacco smoke for 50 minutes. Animals are sacrificed between 10 minutes and 24 hour following the end of the exposure and their lungs placed in RNAlater™. The lung tissue is homogenised, and total RNA was extracted using a Qiagen RNeasy™ Maxi kit. Molecular Probes RiboGreen™ RNA quantitation method is used to quantify the amount of RNA in each sample.
Total RNA is reverse transcribed, and the resultant cDNA is used in a real-time polymerase chain reaction (PCR). The cDNA is added to a solution containing the sense and anti-sense primers and the 6-carboxy-teframethyl-rhodamine labeled probe of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene. Cyclophilin is used as the housekeeping gene. The expression of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene is measured using the TaqMan real-time PCR system that generates an amplification curve for each sample. From this curve a threshold cycle value is calculated: the fractional cycle number at which the amount of amplified target reaches a fixed threshold. A sample containing many copies of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene will reach this threshold earlier than a sample containing fewer copies. The threshold is set at 0.2, and the threshold cycle CT is calculated from the amplification curve. The CT value for the prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene is normalized using the CT value for the housekeeping gene.
Expression of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene is increased by at least 3-fold between 10 minutes and 3 hours post tobacco smoke exposure compared to air exposed confrol animals.
Test compounds are evaluated as follows. Animals are pre-freated with a test compound between 5 minutes and 1 hour prior to the tobacco smoke exposure and they are then sacrificed up to 3 hours after the tobacco smoke exposure has been completed. Control animals are pre-freated with the vehicle ofthe test compound via the route of administration chosen for the test compound. A test compound that reduces the tobacco smoke induced upregulation of prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene relative to the expression seen in vehicle treated tobacco smoke exposed animals is identified as an inhibitor of prolylhydroxylase-like protein gene expression.
EXAMPLE 11
In vivo testing of compounds/target validation
(1) Animals. Female Sprague-Dawley rats (200-250 g / Charles River Japan) are used. (2) Catheter implantation. Rats are anesthetized by infraperitoneal administration of urethane (Sigma) at 1.25 g/kg. The abdomen is opened through a midline incision, and a polyethylene catheter (BECTON DICKINSON, PE50) is implanted into the bladder through the dome. In parallel, the inguinal region is incised, and a polyethylene catheter (BECTON DICKINSON, PE50) filled with saline (Otsuka) is inserted into a femoral vein.
(3) Investigation of bladder contraction. The bladder is filled via the catheter by incremental volume of saline until spontaneous bladder contractions occur. The intravesicular pressure is measured a pressure transducer and displayed continuously on a chart recorder. The activity of test compounds is assessed after intravenous administration through a polyethylene cannula inserted into the femoral vein.
EXAMPLE 12
Measurement of bladder cystometry in conscious rats
(1) Animals. Female Sprague-Dawley rats (200-250 g / Charles River Japan) are used.
(2) Catheter implantation. Rats are anesthetized by intramuscular administration of ketamine (75 mg/kg) and xylazine (15 mg/kg). The abdomen is opened through a midline incision, and a polyethylene catheter (BECTON DICKINSON, PE50) is implanted into the bladder through the dome. The catheter is tunneled through subcutis of the animal by needle (14G) to neck. In parallel, the inguinal region is incised, and a polyethylene catheter (BECTON DICKINSON, PE50) filled with saline (Otsuka) is inserted into a femoral vein. The catheter is tunneled through subcutis of the animal by needle to neck. (3) Cystometric investigation. The bladder catheter is connected via T-tube to a pressure transducer (Viggo-Specframed Pte Ltd, DT-XXAD) and a microinjection pump (TERUMO). Saline is infused at room temperature into the bladder at a rate of 10 ml/hr. Infravesicular pressure is recorded continuously on a chart pen recorder (Yokogawa). At least three reproducible micturition cycles are recorded before a test compound administration.
(4) Administration of test compounds. A test compound dissolved in the mixture of ethanol, Tween 80 (ICN Biomedicals Inc.) and saline (1 : 1 : 8, v/v/v) is administered intravenously through the catheter.
EXAMPLE 13
Expression profiling
Total cellular RNA was isolated from cells by one of two standard methods: 1) guanidine isothiocyanate/Cesium chloride density gradient centrifugation [Kellogg et al. (1990)]; or with the Tri-Reagent protocol according to the manufacturer's specifications (Molecular Research Center, Inc., Cincinatti, Ohio). Total RNA prepared by the Tri-reagent protocol was treated with DNAse I to remove genomic
DNA contamination.
For relative quantitation of the mRNA distribution of the novel human prolyl hydroxylase, total RNA from each cell or tissue source was first reverse transcribed. Eighty-five μg of total RNA was reverse transcribed using 1 μmole random hexamer primers, 0.5 mM each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP and dTTP (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany) and 3000 U RnaseQut (Invitrogen, Groningen, Netherlands) in a final volume of 680 μl. The first strand synthesis buffer and Omniscript reverse franscriptase (2 u/μl) were obtained from (Qiagen, Hilden, Germany). The reaction was incubated at 37°C for 90 minutes and cooled on ice. The volume was adjusted to 6800 μl with water, yielding a final concentration of 12.5 ng/μl of starting RNA. For relative quantitation of the distribution of the novel human prolyl hydroxylase mRNA in cells and tissues the Perkin Elmer ABI Prism R™ 7700 Sequence Detection system or Biorad iCycler was used according to the manufacturer's specifications and protocols. PCR reactions were set up to quantitate the novel human prolyl hydroxylase and the housekeeping genes HPRT (hypoxanthine phosphoribosyltransferase), GAPDH (glyceraldehyde-3 -phosphate dehydrogenase), β-actin, and others. Forward and reverse primers and probes for the novel human prolyl hydroxylase were designed using the Perkin Elmer ABI Primer Express™ software and were synthesized by TibMolBiol (Berlin, Germany). The novel human prolyl hydroxylase forward primer sequence was: Primerl tgagaattacagggcgacag. The novel human prolyl hydroxylase reverse primer sequence was Primer2 atgtgtggcttggcttctct. Probe 1 ctggtgttgaagcattgcagttgg, labeled with FAM (carboxy- fluorescein succinimidyl ester) as the reporter dye and TAMRA (carbόxytefra- methylrhodamine) as the quencher, was used as a probe for the novel human prolyl hydroxylase. The following reagents were prepared in a total of 25 μl : lx TaqMan buffer A, 5.5 mM MgCl2, 200 nM of dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dUTP, 0.025 U/μl AmpliTaq Gold™, 0.01 U/ μl AmpErase, and Probel ctggtgttgaagcattgcagttgg, novel human prolyl hydroxylase forward and reverse primers each at 200 nM, 200 nM , novel human prolyl hydroxylase FAM/TAMRA-labeled probe, and 5 μ 1 of template cDNA. Thermal cycling parameters were 2 min at 50°C, followed by 10 min at 95°C, followed by 40 cycles of melting at 95°C for 15 sec and annealing/extending at 60°C for 1 min.
Calculation of corrected CT values
The CT (tlireshold cycle) value, is calculated as described in the "Quantitative determination of nucleic acids" section. The CF-value (factor for threshold cycle conection) is calculated as follows:
1. PCR reactions were set up to quantitate the housekeeping genes (HKG) for each cDNA sample.
2. CTHKG- values (threshold cycle for housekeeping gene) were calculated as described in the "Quantitative determination of nucleic acids" section.
3. CTHKG-mean values (CT mean value of all HKG tested on one cDNAs) of all HKG for each cDNA are calculated (n = number of HKG):
CTHKG-n-mean value = (CTHKGl-value + CTHKG2-value + ... + CTHKG- n- value) / n
4. CTpanel mean value (CT mean value of all HKG in all tested cDNAs) = (CTHKGl-mean value + CTHKG2-mean value + ...+ CTHKG-y-mean value) / y
(y = number of cDNAs)
5. CFcDNA-n (conection factor for cDNA n) = CTpanel-mean value - CTHKG- n-mean value
CTcDNA-n (CT value of the tested gene for the cDNA n) + CFcDNA-n (conection factor for cDNA n) = CT cor-cDNA-n (conected CT value for a gene on cDNA n) Calculation of relative expression
Definition : highest CTcor-cDNA-n 1 40 is defined as CTcor-cDNA [high] Relative Expression = 2(CTcor-cDNA[high] - CTcor-cDNA-n)
The following human tissues were tested: fetal lung fibroblast cells, kidney tumor, spleen liver cinhosis, fetal kidney, prostate, postcenfral gyras, breast, adrenal gland, kidney, spleen, spinal cord, fetal lung, rectum, corpus callosum, neuroblastoma SK N MC cells, HEK 293 cells, heart ventricle (left), uterus, retina, colon, hippocampus, ileum chronic inflammation, skin, Alzheimer brain frontal lobe, MDA
MB 231 cells (breast tumor), esophagus, aorta, ileum, bladder, heart atrium (right), mammary gland, lung, HeLa cells (cervix tumor), occipital lobe, cervix, stomach tumor, pons, trachea, thalamus, skeletal muscle, cerebral cortex, frontal lobe, placenta, parietal lobe, cerebellum, stomach, thrombocytes, liver, Alzheimer brain, cerebellum (left), Alzheimer brain, adipose, cerebral meninges, liver liver cinhosis, coronary artery sclerotic, precentral gyras, esophagus tumor, Alzheimer cerebral cortex, ovary tumor, temporal lobe, cerebellum (right), heart atrium (left), artery, penis, vein, HUVEC cells, thymus, salivary gland, cerebral peduncles, dorsal root ganglia, lung tumor, pericardium, breast tumor, neuroblastoma SH5Y cells, neuroblastoma IMR32 cells, fetal brain, bone manow CD15+ cells, thyroid, pancreas liver cinhosis, small intestine, colon tumor, coronary artery smooth muscle primary cells, vermis cerebelli, aorta sclerotic, interventricular septum, lung COPD, uterus tumor, heart, lymph node, testis, tonsilla cerebelli , fetal aorta, fetal liver, brain, bone manow, pancreas, cord blood CD71+ cells, prostate BPH, thyroid tumor, leukocytes (peripheral blood), erythrocytes, bone manow CD34+ cells, HEP G2 cells, liver tumor, coronary Artery, ileum tumor, bone manow CD71+ cells, Jurkat (T-cells), substantia nigra, fetal heart. Expression Profile
The results ofthe mRNA quantification (expression profiling) are shown in Table 1.
Tissue Relative Expression fetal lung fibroblast cells 626 kidney tumor 572 spleen liver cinhosis 340 fetal kidney 309 prostate 258 postcentral gyras . 221 breast 190 adrenal gland 182 kidney 150 spleen 109 spinal cord 106 fetal lung 98 rectum 96 corpus callosum 94 neuroblastoma SK-N-MC cells 88
HEK 293 cells 85' heart ventricle (left) 81 uterus 80 retina 80 colon 73 hippocampus 71 ileum chronic inflammation 70 skin 69
Alzheimer brain frontal lobe 64
MDA MB 231 cells (breast tumor) 63 esophagus 62 Tissue Relative Expression aorta 60 ' ileum 58 bladder 54 heart atrium (right) 52 mammary gland 50 lung 49
HeLa cells (cervix tumor) . 49 occipital lobe 45 cervix 43 stomach tumor 42 pons 39 trachea 37 thalamus 36 skeletal muscle 36 cerebral cortex 34 frontal lobe 32 placenta 31 parietal lobe 30 cerebellum 28 stomach 27 thrombocytes 27 liver 25
Alzheimer brain 25 cerebellum (left) 25 Alzheimer brain '25 adipose 24 cerebral meninges 23 liver liver cinhosis 23 coronary artery sclerotic 23 precentral gyrus 22 Tissue Relative Expression esophagus tumor 22
Alzheimer cerebral cortex 22 ovary tumor 22 temporal lobe 21 cerebellum (right) 20 heart atrium (left) 19 artery 19 penis 18 vein 18
HUVEC cells 17 thymus 17 salivary gland 16 cerebral peduncles 16 dorsal root ganglia 16 lung tumor 15 pericardium 14 breast tumor 14 neuroblastoma SH5Y cells 14 neuroblastoma LMR32 cells 14 fetal brain 14 bone manow CD 15+ cells 13 thyroid 13 pancreas liver cinhosis 12 small intestine 11 colon tumor 11 coronary artery smooth muscle primary cells 10 vermis cerebelli 10 aorta sclerotic 10 interventricular septum 10 lung COPD 10 Tissue . Relative Expression uterus tumor 9 heart 8 lymph node 8 testis 8 tonsilla cerebelli 8 fetal aorta 8 fetal liver 7 brain 7 bone nianow 6 pancreas 6 cord blood CD71+ cells 5' prostate BPH 5 thyroid tumor 4 leukocytes (peripheral blood) 4 erythrocytes 3 bone manow CD34+ cells 3
HEP G2 cells 3 liver tumor 3 coronary Artery 2 ileum tumor 2 bone manow CD71+ cells 2
Jurkat (T-cells) 1 substantia nigra 0 fetal heart 0 REFERENCES
Grosl, a potential growth suppressor on chromosome 1: its identity to basement membrane-associated proteoglycan, leprecan, Kaul SC, Sugihara T, Yoshida A, Nomura H, Wadhwa R, Oncogene 2000 Jul 27;19(32):3576-83.
Molecular characterization of a novel basement membrane-associated proteoglycan, leprecan, Wassenhove-McCarthy DJ, McCarthy KJ,J Biol Chem 1999 Aug 27;274(35):25004-17.
An update on angiogenesis therapy, Davda J, Labhasetwar V, Crit Rev Eukaryot Gene Expr 2001 ;11(1-3): 1-21.
Therapeutic Angiogenesis Using Basic Fibroblast Growth Factor and Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Using Various Delivery Strategies, Laham RJ, Garcia L,
Bairn DS, Post M, Simons M, Cun Interv Cardiol Rep 1999 Sep;l(3):228-233.
The DNA-repair protein AlkB, EGL-9, and leprecan define new families of 2- oxoglutarate- and iron-dependent dioxygenases, Aravind L, Koonin EV, Genome Biol 2001 ;2(3).

Claims

1. An isolated polynucleotide being selected from the group consisting of:
a. a polynucleotide encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected form the group consisting of:
i. amino acid sequences which are at least about 49% identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2; and ii. the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2.
b. a polynucleotide comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 ;
c a polynucleotide which hybridizes under stringent conditions to a polynucleotide specified in (a) and (b) and encodes a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide;
d. a polynucleotide the sequence of which deviates from the poly- nucleotide sequences specified in (a) to (c) due to the degeneration of the genetic code and encodes a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide; and
e. a polynucleotide which represents a fragment, derivative or allelic variation of a polynucleotide sequence specified in (a) to (d) and encodes a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide.
2. An expression vector containing any polynucleotide of claim 1.
3. A host cell containing the expression vector of claim 2.
4. A substantially purified prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide encoded by a polynucleotide of claim 1.
5. A method for producing a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide, wherein the method comprises the following steps:.
a. culturing the host cell of claim 3 under conditions suitable for the expression of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide; and
b. recovering the prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide from the host cell culture.
6. A method for detection of a polynucleotide encoding a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide in a biological sample comprising the following steps:
a. hybridizing any polynucleotide of claim 1 to a nucleic acid material of a biological sample, thereby forming a hybridization complex; and
b. detecting said hybridization complex.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein before hybridization, the nucleic acid . material ofthe biological sample is amplified.
8. A method for the detection of a polynucleotide of claim 1 or a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide of claim 4 comprising the steps of:
a. contacting a biological sample with a reagent which specifically interacts with the polynucleotide or the prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide and
detecting the interaction
9. A diagnostic kit for conducting the method of any one of claims 6 to 8.
10. A method of screening for agents which decrease the activity of a prolylhydroxylase-like protein, comprising the steps of:
a. contacting a test compound with any prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide encoded by any polynucleotide of claiml ;
b. detecting binding of the test compound to the prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide, wherein a test compound which binds to the polypeptide is identified as a potential therapeutic agent for decreasing the activity of a prolylhydroxylase-like protein.
11. A method of screening for agents which regulate the activity of a prolylhydroxylase-like protein, comprising the steps of:
a. contacting a test compound with a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide encoded by any polynucleotide of claim 1; and
b. detecting a prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity of the polypeptide, wherein a test compound which increases the prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity is identified as a potential' therapeutic agent for increasing the activity of the prolylhydroxylase-like protein, and wherein a test compound which decreases the prolylhydroxylase-like protein activity of the polypeptide is identified as a potential therapeutic agent for decreasing the activity of the prolylhydroxylase- like protein.
12. A method of screening for agents which decrease the activity of a prolylhydroxylase-like protein, comprising the step of: contacting a test compound with any polynucleotide of claim 1 and detecting binding ofthe test compound to the polynucleotide, wherein a test compound which binds to the polynucleotide is identified as a potential therapeutic agent for decreasing the activity of prolylhydroxylase-like protein.
13. A method of reducing the activity of prolylhydroxylase-like protein, comprising the step of:
contacting a cell with a reagent which specifically binds to any polynucleotide of claim 1 or any prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide of claim 4, whereby the activity of prolylhydroxylase-like protein is reduced.
14. A reagent that modulates the activity of a prolylhydroxylase-like protein polypeptide or a polynucleotide wherein said reagent is identified by the method of any ofthe claim 10 to 12.
15. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising:
the expression vector of claim 2 or the reagent of claim 14 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
16. Use of the expression vector of claim 2 or the reagent of claim 14 in the preparation of a medicament for modulating .the activity of a prolylhydroxylase-like protein in a disease.
17. Use of claim 16 wherein the disease is cancer, cardiovascular disorders, COPD, asthma, genitourinary disorders, and CNS disorders.
PCT/EP2003/001082 2002-02-04 2003-02-04 Cloning of a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein WO2003066862A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2003244497A AU2003244497A1 (en) 2002-02-04 2003-02-04 Cloning of a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US35319002P 2002-02-04 2002-02-04
US60/353,190 2002-02-04
US37867402P 2002-05-09 2002-05-09
US60/378,674 2002-05-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003066862A1 true WO2003066862A1 (en) 2003-08-14

Family

ID=27737436

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2003/001082 WO2003066862A1 (en) 2002-02-04 2003-02-04 Cloning of a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AU (1) AU2003244497A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2003066862A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110317823A (en) * 2018-03-28 2019-10-11 中国科学院上海生命科学研究院 The Function Identification and application of gossypol biosynthesis pathway enzyme gene 2-ODD-1

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1074617A2 (en) * 1999-07-29 2001-02-07 Helix Research Institute Primers for synthesising full-length cDNA and their use

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1074617A2 (en) * 1999-07-29 2001-02-07 Helix Research Institute Primers for synthesising full-length cDNA and their use

Non-Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CARDINALE G J ET AL: "PROLYL HYDROXYLASE", ADVANCES IN ENZYMOLOGY AND RELATED SUBJECTS, INTERSCIENCE PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK, NY, US, vol. 41, 1974, pages 245 - 300, XP009009950, ISSN: 0065-258X *
DATABASE EMBL [online] EBI, Hinxton, Cambridgeshire, U.K.; 22 February 2000 (2000-02-22), ISOGAI T. & OTSUKI T.: "Homo sapiens cDNA FLJ10718 fis, clone NT2RP3001096, weakly similar to Rattus norvegicus leprecan mRNA.", XP002241840, Database accession no. AK001580 *
DATABASE EMBL [online] EBI, Hinxton, Cambridgeshire, U.K.; 31 October 2001 (2001-10-31), ISOGAI T ET AL: "Homo sapiens cDNA FLJ31885 fis, clone NT2RP7002982, moderately similar to Homo sapiens GROS1-L protein mRNA.", XP002241838, Database accession no. AK056447 *
DATABASE GENESEQ [online] EBI, Hinxton, Cambridgeshire, U.K.; 26 June 2001 (2001-06-26), OTA T ET AL: "Human cDNA sequence SEQ ID NO:11942.", XP002241841, Database accession no. AAH14459 *
DATABASE SWISSPROT [online] EBI, Hinxton, Cambridgeshire, U.K.; 1 October 2000 (2000-10-01), ISOGAI,T ET AL: "Hypothetical protein FLJ10718.", XP002241839, Database accession no. Q9NVI2 *
HANAUSKE-ABEL H M: "PROLYL 4-HYDROXYLASE, A TARGET ENZYME FOR DRUG DEVELOPMENT DESIGN OF SUPPRESSIVE AGENTS AND THE IN VITRO EFFECTS OF INHIBITORS AND PROINHIBITORS", JOURNAL OF HEPATOLOGY, MUNKSGAARD INTERNATIONAL PUBLISHERS, COPENHAGEN, DK, vol. 13, no. SUPPL 3, 1991, pages S08 - S16, XP000613849, ISSN: 0168-8278 *
KAUL ET AL: "GROS1, A POTENTIAL GROWTH SUPPRESSOR ON CHROMOSOME 1: ITS IDENTITY TO BASEMENT MEMBRANE-ASSOCIATED PROTEOGLYCAN, LEPRECAN", ONCOGENE, BASINGSTOKE, HANTS, GB, vol. 19, no. 32, 27 July 2000 (2000-07-27), pages 3576 - 3583, XP001080500, ISSN: 0950-9232 *
KIVIRIKKO K I ET AL: "PROTEIN HYDROXYLATION: PROLYL 4-HYDROXYLASE, AN ENZYME WITH FOUR COSUBSTRATES AND A MULTIFUNCTIONAL SUBUNIT", FASEB JOURNAL, FED. OF AMERICAN SOC. FOR EXPERIMENTAL BIOLOGY, BETHESDA, MD, US, vol. 3, no. 5, 1 March 1989 (1989-03-01), pages 1609 - 1617, XP000615490, ISSN: 0892-6638 *
WASSENHOVE-MCCARTHY D J ET AL: "MOLECULAR CHARACTERIZATION OF A NOVEL BASEMENT MEMBRANE-ASSOCIATED PROTEOGLYCAN, LEPRECAN", JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN SOCIETY OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTS, BALTIMORE, MD, US, vol. 274, no. 35, 27 August 1999 (1999-08-27), pages 25004 - 25017, XP002927792, ISSN: 0021-9258 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110317823A (en) * 2018-03-28 2019-10-11 中国科学院上海生命科学研究院 The Function Identification and application of gossypol biosynthesis pathway enzyme gene 2-ODD-1
CN110317823B (en) * 2018-03-28 2022-09-06 中国科学院分子植物科学卓越创新中心 Function identification and application of gossypol biosynthetic pathway enzyme gene 2-ODD-1

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2003244497A1 (en) 2003-09-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20040038365A1 (en) Regulation of human lysosomal acid lipase
WO2002066627A1 (en) Regulation of human dipeptidyl peptidase 8
WO2003004523A1 (en) Regulation of human citron rho/rac-interacting kinase
US20040241156A1 (en) Regulation of human aminopeptidase n
US20030190651A1 (en) Regulation of human phosphatidylinositol-specific phospholipase c-like enzyme
EP1335973B1 (en) human adenylate cyclase
US20040152092A1 (en) Regulation of human phosphatidic acid phosphatase type 2c-like protein
EP1360281B1 (en) Regulation of human wee1-like serine/threonine protein kinase
WO2003052088A2 (en) Regulation of human sialyltransferase
US20040241796A1 (en) Regulation of human nek-like serine/threonine protein kinase
WO2003066862A1 (en) Cloning of a human prolylhydroxylase-like protein
WO2003018815A2 (en) Regulation of human g protein-couple receptor kinase
US20040136976A1 (en) Regulation of human zinc carboxypeptidase b-like protein
WO2002048324A1 (en) Regulation of human ubiquitin-conjugating enzyme e2
WO2002097074A2 (en) Human protein phosphatase 2c-like enzyme
WO2002055710A2 (en) Regulation of human purple acid phosphatase
WO2002033056A2 (en) Regulation of human serine-threonine protein kinase
WO2002055681A2 (en) Regulation of human tau-tubulin kinase
WO2002048326A2 (en) Human caplain proteins and polynucleotides coding therefor
US20040157282A1 (en) Regulation of human dual specificity protein phosphatase 7-like protein
WO2002090543A2 (en) Regulation of human phosphatidic acid phosphatase type 2c-like protein
US20040043375A1 (en) Regulation of human serine-threonine protein kinase
WO2003000874A2 (en) Regulation of human serine/threonine protein kinase nek3
WO2003057870A1 (en) Human phosphatidic acid phosphatase type 2-like protein
WO2002083887A2 (en) Regulation of human methionine aminopeptidase-like protein

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: JP